AXH1152/UK
Agri Farmer - INGLESE
OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Agri Farmer
Servizio Assistenza Tecnica - Via E. Majorana, 2-4 - 42027 Montecchio Emilia (RE) ITALY
Tel. +39 0522 869611 - Fax S.A.T. +39 0522 869744
www.dieci.com - E-mail: service@dieci.com
Via E. Majorana, 2-4
42027 Montecchio Emilia (RE) ITALY
Tel. +39 0522 869611 Fax +39 0522 869744
www.dieci.com - E-mail: info@dieci.com
ATTENTION: ALWAYS KEEP A COPY OF THIS MANUAL
ON THE MACHINE AT THE OPERATOR’S DISPOSAL
EVERY TELESCOPIC LIFT IS ACCOMPANIED BY:
A COPY OF THIS MANUAL,
A COPY OF THE ENGINE USE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL DRAWN-UP BY THE MANUFACTURER
A COPY OF THE USE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL RELATIVE TO EVERY DEVICE OR EQUIPMENT
WITH WHICH THIS VEHICLE IS SUPPLIED.
THESE MANUALS ARE WRITTEN BY THE RESPECTIVE PRODUCT SUPPLIERS, OR REPRODUCED
ACCURATELY AND IN FULL BY DIECI S.r.l. WITH THEIR SPECIFIC AUTHORISATION: THEY MAY INCLUDE
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS WRITTEN BY DIECI S.r.l.
DIECI S.r.l. does not consider itself liable for damage
deriving from the use of non original spare parts
UFF. ASSISTENZA E RICAMBI
Tel. ++ 39 0522-869611 - FAX ++ 39 0522-869744
www.dieci.com
DEPARTAMENTO DE ASISTENCIA Y REPUESTOS
Tel. ++ 39 0522-869611 - FAX ++ 39 0522-869744
Dieci s.r.l.
VIA E. MAJORANA, 2-4
42027 - MONTECCHIO E. (RE) - ITALY
TEL. ++39 0522-869611
FAX ++39 0522-869744
BUREAU ASSISTANCE ET PIÈCES DE RECHANGE
e-mail: info@dieci.com
Tel. ++ 39 0522-869611 - FAX ++ 39 0522-869744
Tel. ++ 39 0522-869611 - FAX ++ 39 0522-869744
Cap. Soc. Int. Vers. € 10.000.000,00
Reg.Impr. R.E. N. 01283560686 - R.E.A. R.E. N. 204278
C.F. 01283560686 - P.I. 01682740350
Original title:
USE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Issue 2 - 03/2011
Original Instructions
Cod.AXH1152/UK
Agri Farmer 26.6 - Agri Farmer 26.8
Agri Farmer 28.7 - Agri Farmer 28.9
Agri Farmer 30.7 - Agri Farmer 30.9
WARNINGS:
All documentation provided constitutes and integral and important part of the product and must always be available to users;
users must carefully read the aforementioned documentation before using the machine.
Improper, incorrect, or irrational use of the vehicle or the accessories with which it is equipped as well as modification to its
physical structure or functioning is prohibited.
THE TOTAL OR PARTIAL REPRODUCTION OF THE CONTENTS OF THIS MANUAL
OR ANY MULTI-MEDIA ENCLOSURES IS PROHIBITED:
Dieci S.r.l. WILL PROTECT THE OWNERSHIP RIGHTS OF THESE MATERIALS
ATTENTION: A COPY OF THIS MANUAL MUST ALWAYS BE IN THE VEHICLE FOR THE DRIVER'S REFERENCE.
1 Dieci 2 Dieci 3 Uff.Tec 4 Devid 5 MTKeR 7 Digigraph 9 03/2011 10 AXH1152/ING Ed.2
SERVICE AND SPARE PARTS DEPARTMENT
Mod. Agri Farmer
CHAPTER “A”
INTRODUCTION, GUARANTEE, VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................................................A/3
GUARANTEE............................................................................................................................................................A/4
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION......................................................................................................................................A/6
TELESCOPIC LIFT IDENTIFICATION......................................................................................................................A/7
CHAPTER “B”
SAFETY REGULATIONS
ACKNOWLEDGING SAFETY REGULATIONS.........................................................................................................B/2
GENERAL WARNINGS.............................................................................................................................................B/3
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING........................................................................................................................................B/4
INSPECT THE VEHICLE..........................................................................................................................................B/4
PREPARING FOR EMERGENCIES.........................................................................................................................B/5
DRIVER’S CAB.........................................................................................................................................................B/6
DRIVING AUTHORISATION.....................................................................................................................................B/7
STARTING THE VEHICLE........................................................................................................................................B/7
OPERATING IN SAFETY..........................................................................................................................................B/8
HANDLING THE LOAD...........................................................................................................................................B/12
PARKING THE VEHICLE........................................................................................................................................B/13
TEMPORARY HALT................................................................................................................................................B/13
ROAD TRAVEL........................................................................................................................................................B/14
ROAD TRAVEL (INSTRUCTIONS).........................................................................................................................B/14
LIFTING THE VEHICLE..........................................................................................................................................B/15
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE...........................................................................................................................B/15
ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE................................................................................................................B/16
VIBRATIONS...........................................................................................................................................................B/16
SAFELY CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE WORK...............................................................................................B/16
STORING THE VEHICLE / PROLONGED INACTIVITY.........................................................................................B/19
PREPARING THE VEHICLE AFTER PROLONGED INACTIVITY..........................................................................B/19
CLEANING THE VEHICLE......................................................................................................................................B/19
CLEANING THE WINDOWS...................................................................................................................................B/20
CLEANING THE CAB..............................................................................................................................................B/20
SAFETY STICKERS................................................................................................................................................B/20
FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................................B/21
BATTERIES.............................................................................................................................................................B/22
START-UP WITH AUXILIARY BATTERIES.............................................................................................................B/23
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROTECTION..................................................................................................................B/24
TIGHTENING WHEEL NUTS..................................................................................................................................B/25
TYRES....................................................................................................................................................................B/25
STORAGE OF DANGEROUS LIQUIDS.................................................................................................................B/27
CONTACT WITH DANGEROUS LIQUIDS..............................................................................................................B/27
DIESEL....................................................................................................................................................................B/28
FEATURES OF THE RECOMMENDED FUEL.......................................................................................................B/28
CLEANING AND STORING DIESEL FUEL.............................................................................................................B/29
ECOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS........................................................................................................................B/30
WASTE DISPOSAL.................................................................................................................................................B/30
FAN SPEED VERIFICATION..................................................................................................................................B/32
EVALUATING SUBSOIL CONSISTENCY...............................................................................................................B/33
SAFETY DEVICES..................................................................................................................................................B/34
DRIVER’S CAB.......................................................................................................................................................B/37
ROPS-FOPS CAB...................................................................................................................................................B/37
LOAD TABLES........................................................................................................................................................B/38
USING THE LOAD TABLES AND BOOM INDICATORS........................................................................................B/38
HANDLING THE LOADS.........................................................................................................................................B/42
SAFETY STICKERS................................................................................................................................................B/46
Mod. Agri Farmer
CHAPTER “C”
USER INSTRUCTIONS AND GETTING TO KNOW THE VEHICLE
GENERAL WARNINGS.............................................................................................................................................C/4
HAND SIGNALS........................................................................................................................................................C/5
IDENTIFYING THE VEHICLE PARTS......................................................................................................................C/6
CAB COMPONENTS................................................................................................................................................C/7
GETTING IN AND OUT OF THE DRIVER’S CAB.....................................................................................................C/8
DOOR OPENING CONTROLS.................................................................................................................................C/8
INTERNAL DOOR OPENING CONTROLS..............................................................................................................C/8
OPENING THE DOOR WINDOW.............................................................................................................................C/9
REAR WINDOW........................................................................................................................................................C/9
UPPER ROOF...........................................................................................................................................................C/9
REAR EMERGENCY EXIT.....................................................................................................................................C/10
MAX 180W SOCKET...............................................................................................................................................C/10
TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION POCKET............................................................................................................C/11
COURTESY COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................C/11
Interior cab lighting.....................................................................................................................................C/11
STEERING WHEEL (adJustment).....................................................................................................................C/12
SAFETY BELTS......................................................................................................................................................C/13
SEAT.......................................................................................................................................................................C/14
Getting to know the parts inside the cab............................................................................................C/17
CENTRAL DASHBOARD - INDICATOR LIGHTS...................................................................................................C/18
CENTRAL DASHBOARD - INSTRUMENT USE.....................................................................................................C/19
Leftfrontdashboard (standardand optionalelectricalswitches, indicator lightsand controllevers)...C/20
Right dashboard (standardand optional electrical switches, indicator lightsand control levers).....C/21
Upper dashboard (standardand optionalelectricalswitches, indicator lightsand controllevers).......C/22
Roof dashboard (standard and optional electrical switches, indicator lights and control levers)..C/23
Emergency button..........................................................................................................................................C/24
IGNITION SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................C/25
PEDALS..................................................................................................................................................................C/26
MULTI-FUNCTION LEVER.....................................................................................................................................C/27
FAST/SLOW GEAR SWITCH..................................................................................................................................C/29
HYDRAULIC GEAR SWITCH (OPTIONAL)............................................................................................................C/30
PARKING BRAKE...................................................................................................................................................C/31
SPIRIT LEVEL AND INCLINOMETER....................................................................................................................C/32
BOOM CONTROL LEVER......................................................................................................................................C/33
Joystick 3 in 1 ON/OFF (Standard version)..............................................................................................C/34
Joystick 3 in 1 Proportional Extension (Standard version).........................................................C/35
Joystick 3 in 1 for Basket.............................................................................................................................C/36
Joystick 4 in 1 Proportional Control Extension Proportional services..............................C/37
Joystick 4 in 1 Proportional Control Extension Proportional services..............................C/38
ANTI-TIPPING DEVICE..........................................................................................................................................C/40
Longitudinal moment indicator.................................................................................................................C/41
ANTI-TIPPING DEVICE CHECK.............................................................................................................................C/44
VEHICLE FUNCTIONS SELECTOR.......................................................................................................................C/46
Standard steering selector Alignment (standard).........................................................................C/48
Steering selector (optional) Alignment (standard)........................................................................C/49
REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER CONTROL..............................................................................................................C/50
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SELECTOR.......................................................................................................................C/50
Manual accelerator......................................................................................................................................C/50
CAB INTERNAL VENTILATION..............................................................................................................................C/51
Air recirculation inside the cab...............................................................................................................C/52
REVOLVING LIGHT SWITCH.................................................................................................................................C/54
FRONT CAB LIGHTS SWITCH (OPTIONAL).........................................................................................................C/54
REAR CAB LIGHTS SWITCH (OPTIONAL)...........................................................................................................C/54
BOOM HEAD LIGHT SWITCH (OPTIONAL)..........................................................................................................C/55
BOOM HEAD SOLENOID VALVE (OPTIONAL).....................................................................................................C/56
BOOM HEAD SOCKET (OPTIONAL).....................................................................................................................C/56
REAR HYDRAULIC SOCKETS (OPTIONAL).........................................................................................................C/57
BOOM SUSPENSION (OPTIONAL).......................................................................................................................C/58
2-SPEED BOOM (OPTIONAL)................................................................................................................................C/59
Dump body descent (optional)...................................................................................................................C/60
Reversible fan (optional ONLY ON AGRI FARMER 26.6)..........................................................................C/61
WATER HEATER (OPTIONAL)...............................................................................................................................C/62
Towing hook......................................................................................................................................................C/63
Towing hook......................................................................................................................................................C/64
AdJustable towing hook (optional).........................................................................................................C/64
Power take-off (optional)...........................................................................................................................C/65
THREE-POINT LIFTING DEVICE (OPTIONAL).....................................................................................................C/66
HYDRAULIC BRAKING SYSTEM FOR TRAILERS (ITALY TYPE) (OPTIONAL)...................................................C/67
Hydraulic braking system for trailers (OPTIONAL)..........................................................................C/68
PNEUMATIC braking system for trailers...............................................................................................C/69
TOWING THE VEHICLE.........................................................................................................................................C/71
Putting the gear shift in neutral............................................................................................................C/72
Disengaging the negative parking brake with the engine stopped...........................................C/73
BASKET EMERGENCY..........................................................................................................................................C/74
CATALYTIC PURIFIER (OPTIONAL)......................................................................................................................C/77
WATER DRIVEN PURIFIER (OPTIONAL)..............................................................................................................C/77
CHAPTER “C”
USER INSTRUCTIONS AND GETTING TO KNOW THE VEHICLE
“CENTRAL DASHBOARD” - INTEGRATED DEVICES
LCD DISPLAY.........................................................................................................................................................C/81
Speedometer (optional)...........................................................................................................................................C/81
Hodograph (optional)...............................................................................................................................................C/81
BUTTONS...............................................................................................................................................................C/82
Changing display visualisation................................................................................................................................C/82
Clock regulation.......................................................................................................................................................C/82
Dashboard instrument initial check.........................................................................................................................C/83
ANTI-TIPPING SYSTEM TEST...............................................................................................................................C/84
Anti-tipping system mute.........................................................................................................................................C/84
GENERAL ALARM INDICATOR LIGHT..................................................................................................................C/84
Engine error.............................................................................................................................................................C/84
Switch-on of dashboard indicator lights...................................................................................................................C/85
SERVICE.................................................................................................................................................................C/86
anti-tipping errors........................................................................................................................................C/87
Mod. Agri Farmer
CHAPTER “D”
MAINTENANCE AND REGISTRATION
MAINTENANCE PRESCRIPTIONS..........................................................................................................................D/3
INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................................................D/3
DECLARATION OF FIRST INSPECTION BY MANUFACTURER............................................................................D/5
IDENTIFYING THE VEHICLE PARTS......................................................................................................................D/6
MAINTENANCE AND REGISTRATION SCHEDULE................................................................................................D/8
capacity of parts to lubricate - mod. AGRI FARMER 26.6...................................................................D/12
capacity of parts to lubricate - mod. AGRI FARMER 28.9...................................................................D/12
capacity of parts to lubricate - mod. AGRI FARMER 30.9...................................................................D/12
capacity of parts to lubricate - mod. AGRI FARMER 28.7...................................................................D/12
capacity of parts to lubricate - mod. AGRI FARMER 30.7...................................................................D/12
OIL COMPARISON TABLE.....................................................................................................................................D/13
BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH..............................................................................................................................D/14
ENGINE BONNET OPENING.................................................................................................................................D/15
UNDERSIDE PROTECTION REMOVAL.................................................................................................................D/17
PEDALS..................................................................................................................................................................D/18
PARKING BRAKE...................................................................................................................................................D/20
Hydraulic oil level.........................................................................................................................................D/21
Changing hydraulic oil and replacing filters - mOD. AGRI FARMER 28.7-28.9-30.7-30.9............D/22
Changing hydraulic oil and replacing filters - MOD. AGRI FARMER 26.6.....................................D/23
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM OIL FILTER....................................................................................................................D/24
FUEL TANK.............................................................................................................................................................D/25
WATER/OIL RADIATOR - MOD. AGRI FARMER 28.7-28.9-30.7-30.9...................................................................D/26
WATER/OIL RADIATOR - MOD. AGRI FARMER 26.6............................................................................................D/28
Air filter.............................................................................................................................................................D/30
CYLINDER BLOCK VALVES...................................................................................................................................D/34
Reduction gear - Oil change.......................................................................................................................D/36
Front Differential Axles - Oil change....................................................................................................D/36
Rear Differential Axles - Oil change......................................................................................................D/38
Epicycloidal reduction gear - Oil change............................................................................................D/40
telescopic boom sliding blocks...............................................................................................................D/42
External boom chains...................................................................................................................................D/43
Greasing nipples - One/two/three extension booms........................................................................D/46
Greasing nipples - Transmission shaft / Differential Axle............................................................D/47
fuses....................................................................................................................................................................D/48
Engine control unit.......................................................................................................................................D/49
Lighting................................................................................................................................................................D/50
FRONT LIGHT.........................................................................................................................................................D/50
REAR LIGHT...........................................................................................................................................................D/51
WORK LIGHT..........................................................................................................................................................D/51
DUAL REFLECTOR WORKING LIGHT..................................................................................................................D/51
PRELOAD AND TORQUE TABLE FOR CLASS 1 NUTS AND BOLTS..................................................................D/52
PRELOAD AND TORQUE TABLE FOR CLASS 2 NUTS AND BOLTS..................................................................D/53
COUPLING TORQUE TABLES REGARDING THE HYDRAULIC FITTINGS.........................................................D/54
TROUBLESHOOTING............................................................................................................................................D/55
FILLING OUT THE SERVICE REGISTER..............................................................................................................D/58
OBLIGATIONS AND FILING COMPLAINTS TO I.S.P.E.S.L...................................................................................D/58
PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND REGISTRATION METHODS...............................................................................D/58
RECORDING ROUTINE VERIFICATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INTERVENTIONS...........................................D/61
CHAPTER "E"
electrical diagrams and circuits
CHAPTER "f"
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
CHAPTER "g"
TECHNICAL SHEETS
CHAPTER "h"
ANALYTICAL INDEX
Mod. Agri Farmer
Dear customer,
Thank you for choosing a
.
This Use and Maintenance Manual has been written to help you fully appreciate your vehicle.
We strongly recommend that you read this manual in its entirety before using the vehicle.
It contains information, advice and important warnings that will help you to fully take advantage of the technical
.
capabilities of the
You will learn about its features and special practical information in addition to information about its maintenance,
.
driver and operation safety to help maintain your vehicle overtime
We are confident that you will be happy with your new vehicle and we remain at your disposal should you have any
further queries.
Sincerely.
Sales Management
INTRODUCTION
GUARANTEE
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
A
A/1
Mod. Agri Farmer
Introduction - Guarantee
Vehicle Identification
Before coMMiSSioning the vehicle, the oPerator MuSt
thoroughlY read thiS Manual in order to coMPletelY underStand functioning of the teleScoPic lift and be SuitablY PrePared for itS uSe.
USe of the vehicle different to that deScribed in thiS Manual iS
Prohibited and relieveS DiECi froM anY liabilitY for inJurY/daMage cauSed to PerSonS, aniMalS and obJectS.
WHEN USING thiS Machine, CAREFULLY follow diagraMS
correSPonding to Mounted attachMentS.
A/2
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this manual is to provide the Operator with
efficient and safe instructions on the use and maintenance
of the telescopic lift.
Following these instructions carefully will allow you to obtain,
full efficiency and a long working life from your vehicle, and
will help to make your work considerably easier.
This Use and Maintenance manual is provided by the Dealer
upon delivery of the vehicle, in order to make sure that these
instructions are read and correctly understood. Should you
have trouble understanding any part of this manual, do not
hesitate to contact your nearest Dealer for clarification, as it
is of utmost importance that the operation and maintenance
guidelines be fully understood and carefully observed. Routine maintenance should be carried out regularly, keeping a
record of the vehicle's working hours.
LEFT SIDE
Use only original spare parts when spare parts are required.
Local Dealers can supply original spare parts as well as advice and instructions for their installation and use. The use
of non-original spare parts may cause damage to other parts
of the vehicle. Customers are advised to purchase all spare
parts required only from an authorised Agent or Dealer.
Should the vehicle be destined for use in particularly severe
conditions (for example on argillaceous or muddy terrain),
we advise consulting your nearest dealer for specific instructions. Failure to observe these instructions may result in the
vehicle's guarantee being voided.
This manual has been published for worldwide distribution
and the availability of certain equipment referred to as being
essential or available on request may vary according to the
geographical location in which the vehicle is being used. All
details about the equipment available in your area can be
obtained from your nearest Distributor or Dealer.
FRONT VIEW
Due to manufacturing demands, machines of the standard production range may differ slightly from those
mentioned in this manual. The company reserves the
right to make modifications without prior notice.
As a result of continuous technical improvements introduced, as well as updating and publication timetables, the
data included in this manual may be subject to change
at any time and should not be considered binding.
In some illustrations, the panels or covers have been removed in order to make the figure clearer. Never use the
vehicle without these panels or protective coverings.
The left and right positions indicated in this manual refer to the
vehicle as viewed from its back looking towards the front, or
rather, the view of the operator when sitting in the driver's seat.
VIEW fROM ABOVE
A/3
Mod. Agri Farmer
Introduction - Guarantee
Vehicle Identification
GUARANTEE
GUARANTEE:
DURATION, VALIDITY AND ACTIVATION
GUARANTEE:
VALIDITY
Warranty: duration
Guarantee in countries with assistance centres
DIECI s.r.l. (hereinafter referred to as DIECI), guarantees its
products for 12 months from the date of delivery to the Client.
- The guarantee covers the replacement or repair of faulty
parts proven defective as a result of the material used,
its manufacturing or assembly.
- DIECI reserves the sole right to authorise the repair or
replacement of defective parts.
- DIECI shall respond to claims using the means and
methods it deems most appropriate.
Warranty: entry into force
The guarantee is valid from the date of the vehicle’s shipment from manufacturer's factory (in sales to distributors
or dealers). When delivery is handled by the distributor or
dealer, DIECI reserves the right to verify that the warranty
start date corresponds to the shipping or delivery date on
the transport document for the product being guaranteed,
and/or to the invoice date and reserves the right to request
original copies of these documents.
Warranty: activation
The guarantee is automatically valid from the date the vehicle leaves the manufacturer's factory (in sales to distributors
or dealers).
DIECI is responsible for:
- The materials used
- Labour
- Travel expenses.
The customer is responsible for:
- Packing and shipping costs for spare parts.
- All other expenses not listed under those for which DIECI is liable.
Warranty in countries without assistance centres
- Refers exclusively to the free supply, paid for by DIECI,
of parts no longer usable due to faulty material, manufacturing and/or assembly.
Examining replaced faulty parts
- Before honouring the guarantee, DIECI may ask that the
faulty parts replaced during repair work, be returned at
DIECI’s expense.
Additional guarantee for repairs and replacement parts
- Repairs made under guarantee or not, and parts replaced during repair work, are guaranteed for 3 months
from the date of repair or installation, even if the original
guarantee has expired.
Intervention campaigns for faulty products
- The replacement procedures of parts recognised as
faulty will be agreed between DIECI and its distributors/
dealers/authorised workshops.
These intervention campaigns can be followed directly
by DIECI suppliers, responsible for supplying the components to be replaced (interventions authorised by DIECI).
The above interventions will be preceded by written
communication by DIECI to its purchasers.
Only DIECI can decide the interventions methods (repair, replacement, modification).
A/4
WARRANTY:
REQUEST FOR REPAIR UNDER GUARANTEE
CAUSES OF:
NON-ACTIVATION, FAILURE TO HONOUR, TERMINATION
Warranty: making a claim
Warranty: failure to honour
- The claim of the defective part must be made by the
Customer, dealer, distributor or authorised repair shop
and must be sent directly to DIECI's customer assistance
office within 8 days of the first manifestation of the defect.
The claim must include a clear description of the defect
and precise references to the vehicle (type, model and
serial number). This information can be found on the
vehicle in the places indicated in the USE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
The guarantee is not honoured:
Obligation to immobilise vehicle
- If there is a risk that the defect may jeopardise safety
and accident prevention or may cause further damage,
the vehicle must not be used until it has been repaired
and tested.
Warranty: exclusions from the warranty
The following conditions and parts are excluded from the
guarantee:
- Components subject to wear and tear or deterioration
due to prolonged use: clutch, belts, brake pads, sliding
blocks, rollers, oils and liquids, filters etc.
- Electrical circuits and components,
- Damage caused by climatic factors, natural disasters,
acts of vandalism, etc.
- Any other malfunction not due to a defect resulting from
original fault or which does not fall under DIECI liability.
The following parts are also excluded from this guarantee but
are covered by the guarantee of the Relevant Manufacturers:
-
-
-
-
Diesel engines
Axles and reduction gears
Hydraulic pumps and engines
Tyres
DIECI shall handle the application of the aforementioned
guarantees.
Every modification made to the vehicle
leads to a new verification of conformity
with the 2006/42/EC Machinery Directive"
This procedure is also valid in the case
of repairs with non-original spare parts.
- If the defect is not reported following the prescribed methods and within the established time limit.
- If the customer does not comply with DIECI's request to
return the defective parts substituted during the repair
intervention.
- If the customer has not complied with the obligation to
stop using the machine after making a claim, limited to
damages caused by non-compliance.
Warranty: termination
The guarantee is terminated:
- If the buyer does not fulfil contractual payment obligations.
- If damage has been caused by carelessness, negligence,
or by use of the vehicle for purposes not in compliance
with specifications provided in the use and maintenance
manual (incorrect manoeuvres, overloading, use of incorrect fuel, poor maintenance*, disregard for warning
indicator instruments etc.)
- If the defect is a result of applications, attachments,
modifications or repair work not authorised by DIECI or
carried out using poor quality parts. (For this reason, we
recommend always using original spare parts).
* For "recommended regular routine maintenance”
refer to the USE AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
Final terms
- In cases of the non-activation of the guarantee of if it
is not honoured or is terminated, the buyer shall not be
granted annulment of the contract, payment of damages,
or an extension of the guarantee.
- DIECI does not make payments for any type of debit
which replacement machines or for rental, labour and
lost profits, caused by machine stop. Unless otherwise
previously agreed in writing by both parties.
- Conditions subject to guarantee different than those
listed above must be agreed upon in writing and signed
by both parties.
Spare parts supply
- DIECI guarantees the supply of original spare parts or
alternatives for 10 years starting from the date the last
model of the series of interest is manufactured.
In the event of dispute, DIECI acknowledges
the Court of Reggio Emilia - ITALY as the ultimate authority.
A/5
Mod. Agri Farmer
Introduction - Guarantee
Vehicle Identification
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
VEHICLE MODELS
This vehicle has been designed and constructed for use as a self-propelled vehicle, including an operator's driving seat, with
tyres, intended for use on asphalt or natural surfaces and on rough ground. The vehicle consists of a main support structure
aimed at supporting the extendible arm. Forks or other attachments approved by DIECI can be mounted on the boom head.
In used normally, the vehicle lifts and places down loads through the extension/withdrawal and raising/lowering of the boom.
The Manufacturer offers a range of similar vehicles that have different technical features and capacities.
When consulting any Table or illustration provided in this manual or on the vehicle itself, always refer to the model code.
Agri Farmer TELESCOPIC LIFTS
LIABILITY
- The machines are manufactured in compliance with EC directives in force during the period of commercialisation.
- Failure to observe the user and safety regulations or use of the vehicle in less than perfect working condition may cause
accidents that are punishable by law.
- The Manufacturer is not liable for injury or damage to people, things or animals caused by improper use of this vehicle or
by unauthorised structural modification, applications and transformation.
- The Manufacturer reserves the right to carry out possible modifications to the vehicle for technical or commercial reasons
without prior notice.
A/6
TELESCOPIC LIFT IDENTIFICATION
The vehicle can be identified by the serial number punchmarked on the front part of the chassis and inside the cab.
In addition, the engine also has its own serial number
punch-marked on the engine block.
To ensure prompt and efficient service when ordering spare
parts or when requesting information or technical explanations,
always provide the serial numbers of the engine and chassis.
Chassis serial number.............................................................
Engine serial number..............................................................
Cab serial number...................................................................
Gear box serial number...........................................................
Differential axles serial number...............................................
Chassis serial number
................................................................................................
Type of vehicle........................................................................
Owner/ Operator......................................................................
Address of Dealer or agent.....................................................
Delivery date...........................................................................
Guarantee expiry date.............................................................
NOTE:
Agri Farmer lifts bear the stamping (type-approval code)
(see first 4 numbers stamped on the chassis)
Engine serial number
Axle serial numbers
Essential data
Gear serial number
A/7
Mod. Agri Farmer
Introduction - Guarantee
Vehicle Identification
A/8
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Below is the FAC-SIMILE of the declaration of conformity:
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
(Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC, Annex II, part A)
Manufacture
Address
: DIECI SRL
: Via E. Majorana, 2-4- 42027 Montecchio Emilia (RE), Italy
Name and address of the person authorised to compile the technical file: MR. ENNIO MANGHI, DIECI SRL- Via E.
Majorana, 2-4 - 42027 Montecchio Emilia (RE), Italy
Declares that:
The L** xxx-type Telescopic Lift (xxxxxxxxx) Serial Number ***xxx****
complies with all relevant dispositions of the following European Directives:
E
L
I
M
- Machinery Directive - 2006/42/EC
- Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive – 2004/108/EC
- Directive on the environmental noise emission of machines – 2000/14/EC
I
S
C
Assessment of conformity Ist referred to in Annex VI, carried out by the following Notified Body:
nº 1232, REGGIOEMILIA INNOVAZIONE S.c.a.r.l. – Via Sicilia, 31 – 42122 Regio Emilia
Net power installed (kW): 74 kW
Measured sound power level: LWAm = 101 dB (A)
Guaranteed sound power level: LWam = 103 dB (A)
FA
and, among others, the following harmonised European Standards:
UNI EN ISO 12100:2010
Safety of the machinery, General design principles, Risk evaluation and reduction
UNI EN 982:2009
Safety of the machinery - Safety requisites regarding systems and their components for hydraulic and pneumatic transmissions - Hydraulics
CEI EN 60204-1:2006
Safety of the machinery. Electrical equipment of machines.
UNI EN 1459:2010
Safety of the industrial trolleys - Telescopic arm self-propelling trolleys
UNI EN ISO 3471:2008 (ROPS)
Ground moving machines - Protective structures against tilting - Laboratory tests and performance requisites
UNI EN ISO 3449:2009 (FOPS II Level)
Ground moving machines - Protective structures against the falling of objects - Laboratory tests and performance requisites
UNI EN ISO 13309:2010
Construction machines - Electromagnetic compatibility of machines with internal electric power supply
EN15000
The machine is equipped with the following accessories:
BUD10** - Pair of forks
A plate bearing the CE marking is applied to the machine.
Montecchio Emilia, **/**/xxxx
DIECI SRL
Via E. Majorana, 2-4
Montecchio Emilia (RE)
An Administrator
Ennio Manghi
A/9
Mod. Agri Farmer
Introduction - Guarantee
Vehicle Identification
A/10
SAFETY REGULATIONS
B
B/1
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
ACKNOWLEDGING SAFETY REGULATIONS
This is the “POTENTIAL HAZARD WARNING" SYMBOL.
" appears, on the vehicle or in this manual, you must take care against potential damage or injury to the
Wherever this symbol "
vehicle, other equipment, or people. Follow all recommended precautions and observe regulations for safe use and maintenance.
UNDERSTANDING WARNING NOTICES
In this manual certain terms are used to indicate different level of risk, including:
- DANGER Indicates a situation of potential danger for the vehicle’s operator or
other people directly involved in its operation.
- ATTENTION Indicates a situation of imminent danger which, if not averted, may cause damage to the vehicle
and to the safety of the operator or others directly involved.
- WARNING Indicates a situation of imminent danger which, if not averted, may cause damage to the vehicle.
- PROHIBITION Indicates strictly prohibited actions or things that are dangerous to personnel
The above-mentioned words are always accompanied by the corresponding potential hazard warning symbol.
- NOTE Indicates an additional explanation for a given piece of information.
Carefully read the safety regulations given and follow all recommended precautions in order to avoid potential risks
and safeguard your health and safety.
The "potential hazard” symbol and the "warning notices" have been included to highlight situations that DIECI feels are of particular importance.
However, the manual must be read and learned in full and must be kept inside the vehicle, in a covered and protected place.
If in doubt, contact the nearest agent or dealer.
B/2
GENERAL WARNINGS
Use of the vehicle for purposes different than those described in this manual is strictly forbidden. All functions
and procedures concerning the operation and mounting
of the vehicle's attachments that are not described in
this manual are strictly forbidden.
If the vehicle is used for purposes different than those
for which it was designed, DIECI cannot be held responsible for damage to things, the vehicle itself, or for injury to persons caused by such improper use.
The User’s Manual and the parts catalogue are an integral
part of the vehicle and must remain with it even when it is
sold to a new owner. The manual, in the user’s language,
must be carefully stored aboard the vehicle at all times for
quick reference. If the manual becomes creased, damaged or
can no longer be easily read, it must be replaced immediately.
The instructions for use, maintenance and repair in this
handbook must be followed if the vehicle is to be considered
as being operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s
intended uses.
This vehicle must be used, assisted or repaired only by
adequately informed, trained and educated personnel
on the use of the mean and on the safety regulations to
be observed.
The persons authorised to use and maintain the vehicle are:
USE OPERATOR: person trained and educated through appropriate theoretical-practical course specific for using such
equipment;
GENERAL SERVICE TECHNICIAN: person trained and
educated to carry out routine maintenance interventions with
basic mechanical, electrical and hydraulic knowledge;
SPECIALISED SERVICE TECHNICIAN: person trained and
educated to carry out routine and extraordinary maintenance
interventions with in-depth and specific mechanical, electrical and hydraulic knowledge, usually appointed or authorised by DIECI or dealer.
Everything possible has been done during the design and
construction phases of this vehicle to make your job as safe
as possible. Due caution, however, is indispensable and there
is no better rule to prevent accidents.
DIECI is not liable for damage resulting from operations performed instinctively, as a reflex, while in a state panic, or in the
event of malfunctioning, accidents, etc. during use of the vehicle.
DIECI is not liable for behaviour foreseeable on the part of
certain categories of people, including: apprentices, adolescents, disabled persons, personnel in training.
DIECI vehicles cannot be used for betting, competitions
or personal use.
Read all of the safety stickers on the vehicle and observe
all regulations printed on these stickers before starting up,
running or refuelling the vehicle or before carrying out maintenance work.
Clean the stickers if they are covered by dirt, cement or other
deposits. Do not remove these stickers for any reason. Promptly replace any stickers which may be damaged, lost or illegible.
To guarantee your safety and that of others, do not modify the
structure or adjust the various vehicle components (Hydraulic
pressure, calibration of load limiters, engine rotation, assembly of additional attachments, etc.).
The same holds true for the deactivation or modification of
safety systems. In such cases, the manufacturer shall be absolved from all liability.
Periodic inspections must be carried out in order to maintain
the vehicle's "compliance status", as reported in the dedicated
area of this Use and maintenance manual.
Take all necessary safety precautions to prevent potential
risks when carrying out operations or procedures that are
not explicitly recommended or allowed for in this manual.
Do not carry out or engage in operations or actions expressly prohibited in this manual.
If in doubt, contact the nearest agent or dealer.
All procedures and maintenance operations not described in this manual are strictly forbidden.
All the repairs and maintenance work must be performed in authorised repair centres.
The user must always observe the general safety regulations as well as those for accident prevention, such as traffic
rules if the vehicle is used on public roads.
Any arbitrary modification made to the vehicle will
absolve DIECI from all liability FOR DAMAGE or injury
resulting from such modification.
DIECI is not liable for damage caused by negligent use of
this vehicle even if said damage is not a result of intentional
improper use of the vehicle.
B/3
Mod. Agri Farmer
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
Safety Regulations
INSPECTING THE VEHICLE
- Always wear clothing appropriate for the work that must
be carried out. Do not wear loose clothing, ties, chains,
belts or other accessories that may become caught in
the control lever or in other parts of the vehicle.
- Do not wear jewellery or any other metal accessories as
they could cause injury if caught in the vehicle or if an
electric current passes through the body.
- Operators with long hair must tie it back and be careful
to not to catch it in the vehicle.
- Depending on the type of work or construction site, operators must choose and wear clothing appropriate for
protecting them from injury.
- DANGER -
- ATTENTION Inspect your vehicle every day or at the start of every
shift, examining it carefully before beginning work.
Before operating the vehicle, it is the operator's responsibility, to ask the construction site manager about the
possible risks of the work and the accident prevention
clothing that must be worn.
- Make sure that the tyres are suitable to the type of
ground present.
There are different types of tyres for sand, road, agricultural
land, snow, etc. For additional information, contact your nearest agent or dealer.
- ATTENTION -
- ATTENTION -
The following must always be available to the operator:
•
Protective helmet
•
Accident-prevention shoes
•
Protective goggles or protective face mask
•
Protective gloves
•
Protective headwear against noise (ear protectors)
•
Reflective clothing
•
Waterproof clothing
•
Breathing apparatus or filtering mask
Users who detect any faults with their vehicle (noise,
vibrations, unusual odours, instrument errors, smoke,
oil leaks, etc.) or establish that the vehicle does not
respond to safety regulations must suspend use of the
vehicle and immediately inform their safety manager.
- Operators are PROHIBITED from carrying out repair or
adjustment work unless they have been trained to do so.
Only the person charged to do so should carry out maintenance work on the vehicle.
- ATTENTION Before beginning operation, ensure the vehicle is in
good working order for maximum efficiency in
compliance with all safety regulations.
- Consult the maintenance chapter of this manual to carry
out the checks listed below.
- Carry out the following checks to verify the proper working order of the functions listed below:
- Different Individual Protection Devices are used by the
operators depending on the type of site and risks present in the work place. Always use the most suitable IPD
to the type of work being carried out.
- Accident prevention clothing is to be considered personal gear: Do not wear the accident prevention clothing of
other people.
- Accident prevention equipment must always be whole and
in good condition. Damaged clothing cannot ensure adequate protection. Do not wear damaged clothing: always replace damaged or torn clothing before operating the vehicle.
- Always protect yourself against noise as prolonged exposure to loud noise can damage your hearing or may cause hearing loss. Always wear anti-noise headphones or earplugs
to protect yourself from excessive and irritating noises.
- Headphones for listening to the radio or music should
not be worn while using the vehicle. The operator must
always be fully alert while operating the vehicle.
B/4
Efficiency of parking brakes.
Engine oil level (check and top up if necessary).
Hydraulic oil level (check and top up if necessary)
Air filter clogging indicator (check and clean if necessary)
Tyre condition and pressure (check).
Fuel level (check).
Signalling and warning devices (check).
Steering efficiency.
Service brake efficiency.
Ensure that all nuts and bolts are tight.
Lighting
Direction indicators
Emergency lights.
Switches.
Indicator lights.
Windscreen wipers.
Reverse motion alarm.
If the vehicle is not used for six months, it should be checked thoroughly before use. The operations are detailed at pages B/22.
Ensuring the vehicle is clean
Clean the windows, lights and rear-view mirrors.
Remove all mud and dirt deposits.
Clear away any rubbish and dirt from inside the cab, particularly from the pedals and controls.
Clean the engine, articulated joints and radiator.
Remove any excess grease.
Make sure the cab steps and the handle are clean and dry.
Clean all safety stickers and manoeuvring instructions.
Replace any stickers that are illegible or missing.
PREPARATION FOR EMERGENCIES
- Always be prepared in the event of a fire or an accident.
Checking for damage
Make sure there are no damaged or missing parts
Make sure all articulated pins are properly fastened.
Make sure there are no signs of possible cracks or flaws
or other damage to the windows.
Make sure there are no oil, fuel or cooling liquid leaks
underneath the vehicle.
Make sure the wheel bolts are properly tightened.
Check all safety devices.
Ensure that the ROPS/FOPS structure is not damaged.
Make sure that the seat belt and relevant attachments
are not damaged or extremely worn.
- ATTENTION Whenever abnormalities are detected, repair them as
soon as possible, contacting an Authorised Service
Centre of the Manufacturer.
- ATTENTION Keep a fire extinguisher and first aid kit and (not supplied by the manufacturer) close at hand at all times.
- Carry out periodic inspections to ensure that the first aid
kit contains all necessary items; replenish contents if necessary.
- To properly use the extinguisher, carefully read the instructions located on the extinguisher.
- Carry out periodic inspections and maintenance (sixmonthly) to ensure that the extinguisher is ready for use
at any given moment.
- Create a table of priorities with the manager responsible
for safety in order to best deal with potential fires or accidents.
- PROHIBITION IF THE VEHICLE IS NOT IN PERFECT WORKING ORDER
ITS OPERATION IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
Adjustments
- Adjust the seat and steering wheel so that the operator
can comfortably reach all the driving controls.
- Keep emergency telephone numbers (doctors, ambulance, hospital and fire brigade) clearly visible and near the
telephone.
- Personnel adequately trained and educated for managing emergencies through appropriate theoretical-practical course must be present on site/in the work place.
- Adjust the rear view mirror/s so that when sitting in the
driver’s cab, the rear of the vehicle can be clearly seen
B/5
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
FIRST AID
Haemorrhage
Below are a few standard procedures for First aid that can
be activated in case of accident occurred following use of
the vehicle or of the individual equipment and accessories
that are used.
Can be useful for the operators during emergency situations
during vehicle use in the various life phases of the same
(transport, installation, use, maintenance, adjustment, etc.)
or that rush to help the other operators near-by.
It is necessary to directly press on the injured part with
sterile gauze pad, lift the limb and eventually compress the
injured part upstream, using tourniquet.
First-Aider Tasks
-
activate first aid (emergency call);
check the victim and, if necessary, support its vital functions;
stop external bleeding;
protect wounds and burns;
protect the victim from further injuries;
do not perform useless or damaging actions, which administering drinks, moving the victim, reducing dislocations and/or fractures, etc.
Emergency call
The good result of an emergency intervention also depends
on how quickly 118 (Italian emergency medical support) manages to reach the place of the event.
This is why the first-aider in charge of calling the emergency
must precisely indicate;
- the address of where the accident or illness took place;
- the number of injured or ill parties;
- the possible cause of the event;
- the state of the vital functions of the injured party, specifying whether the same is conscious or not and if breathing normally or not.
It is always opportune to also give:
- own details, a telephone number where to be contacted;
- await the aiders in an easily visible place.
Traumas
Distortion, dislocations and fractures treatment:
it is necessary to block the articulation in the position it is in
after the trauma, using bandages or other, supporting the
analgesic position of the injured party, without attempting
dangerous manoeuvres. Apply ice (with ice bag or other
means).
Contusions, crushing:
in case of contusions and/or crushing to upper and lower
limbs (fingers, hand, feet, etc.) immediately place the limb
under cold running water and place ice on it, also checking
for wounds and/or cuts. If so, disinfect the affected area.
B/6
Treating superficial wounds:
expose and accurately clean the wound by washing it, disinfect it with physiological solution, cover it with sterile gauze;
proceeding with bandaging the wounded area, avoiding
tightening the bandage excessively to enable good blood flow.
Treating deep wounds:
it is a priority to protect one self against the risk of contamination using gloves and face mask; staunch the bleeding
until it stops, or until the ambulance arrives, by directly pressing or using other pressure points; call 118 informing them
you are staunching an arterial bleeding.
Only after bleeding is under control, treat the wound.
- ATTENTION When disinfecting the wound DO NOT use cotton wool,
denaturated alcohol, antibiotic powder.
DRIVER’S CAB
- Use available footsteps and handles to reach the driver's seat
- ATTENTION - Always face the vehicle when getting in or out of it,
maintain contact with the vehicle in three points at all
times, using the handles and steps provided.
- Never use controls for purposes different than those for
which they were created for (Ex.: Getting on or off the
vehicle, hanging clothing, etc.)
- Never jump down from the vehicle.
- Never get on or off a moving vehicle.
Only use the vehicle if the seat is correctly adjusted. A poorly adjusted seat can cause the driver to tire quickly and,
thus, may lead to incorrect operation. It may also alter
perception of external objects from the driver’s seat and
can compromise the proper execution of manoeuvres.
- The seat should be adjusted according to the height and
weight of the driver.
- The driver should be able to fully press down the pedals
and operate all control levers while resting his/her back
fully up against the seat back.
- Never jump on or off the vehicle.
- If the vehicle begins to move without an operator inside
the cab, do not jump on the vehicle to try to stop it.
- Never get on or off the vehicle while holding equipment.
- Always keep footboards, steps and handles clean and
make sure they are not slippery.
- Do not put any suction cups on the windows. Suction
cups act as lenses and can cause fires.
- Do not use cell phones in the operator's cab during vehicle operation.
- Never bring dangerous items such as inflammable or
explosive objects, in the driving cab.
- DANGER Always fasten seat belts correctly
before beginning operation.
- The seat belt has been fastened properly when it is sits
snugly around the body.
- DANGER The vehicle is equipped with a cab that is able to support
the weight of the vehicle itself should it tip over (ROPS). It
is therefore, essential that the driver remains firmly fastened in the seat thanks to the seat-belt to prevent him/her
from falling out of the cabin and possibly getting crushed.
- When working in areas where there is a risk of falling,
bouncing or interference from objects capable of hitting
the operator or entering the cab, mount suitable safety
panels to protect the operator. Always close windows.
Always ensure that bystanders are at a safe distance
and cannot be hit by bouncing or falling objects.
- If the cab window on the telescopic boom side should
beak, risk of contact between the operator and the boom
exists. Immediately stop operation and replace glass.
- PROHIBITION IT IS FORBIDDEN to operate the vehicle with arms,
legs or any body part out of the driver's seat.
- Before starting up the vehicle, carefully check the belt,
the buckle and the fasteners of the structure. If any part
shows sign of damage or wear and tear, replace the seat
belt or component part before using the vehicle.
- Remain seated with seat belt properly fastened whenever using the vehicle in order to reduce the risk of injury
in case of an accident.
- Following an accident, check the safety belts and the
attachment points to frame are intact. If damaged, immediately replace.
- DANGER Do not carry passengers on your vehicle.
- DANGER The operator must always maintain
a normal driving position.
B/7
Mod. Agri Farmer
DRIVING AUTHORISATIONS
- ATTENTION Follow the laws relevant to the country where
the vehicle is being used.
- ATTENTION Only qualified and properly trained
personnel can use the vehicle.
Depending on type of accessory used (Shovel, Forks,
Basket, Hook), the operator must attend appropriate
theoretical-practical course where, at least, the following subjects are dealt with:
Shovel Accessory:
Course for driving machines and earth handling personnel
Program:
- main risks linked to using the driving machine
- structural and operational features, technical and control
components, safety devices, technical documentation
- checks and verifications
- pre-arrangement for eventual circulation/transport on
road and specific behavioural Standards
- safe techniques for excavation, materials and earth handling, small demolitions
- Accessories, tooling operations
- IPD and safety signals
- practical test
Forks Accessory:
Course for personnel using the vehicles for handling and
transporting materials
Program:
- main risks linked to using the vehicle with the specific
accessory
- structural and operational features, technical and control
components, safety devices, technical documentation
- checks and verifications
- pre-arrangement for eventual circulation/transport on
road and specific behavioural Standards
- safe techniques for materials handling, loading and unloading
- safety arrangement and load stability
- accessories, tooling operations
- IPD and safety signals
- practical test
Basket Accessory:
Course for personnel using the elevation mobile work platforms (PLE)
Program:
- Standard of reference
- safe operating and use of the platform
- emergency descent procedures
- periodical checks and verifications
- routine and extraordinary maintenance
- IPD III cat. and safety signals
- practical test
B/8
Safety Regulations
Hook Accessory:
Course for personnel on using the crane, including lifting
equipment and accessories
Program:
- Standard of reference regarding safety at work and crane specification
- verification crane conformity and minimum requisites
- specific risks for the operators and risks deriving from
the presence of suspended loads
- checks and verifications
- routine and extraordinary maintenance
- IPD and safety signals
- practical test
- ATTENTION Use of the vehicle is subject to driving authorisation/
enabling issued by the facility/construction site manager where the vehicle is to be used.
- Users must always keep his/her driving authorisation on
hand during vehicle use.
- Operators cannot authorise other people to drive the vehicle.
STARTING UP THE VEHICLE
- Regardless of their level of driving experience, operators
must familiarise themselves with the position and function of all controls and instruments before operating the
machine.
- Do not use the vehicle when hands or shoes are wet or
dirty with grease or greasy substances.
- DANGER Before starting the engine, make sure all control levers
are in a neutral position, the parking brake is engaged,
the engine bonnet is closed and that there is nobody in
the area surrounding the vehicle.
- DANGER The vehicle can be started up or manoeuvred only when
the operator is seated in the driver's seat, with the seat
belt fastened and properly adjusted.
- DANGER Before using the vehicle verify all
safety devices are functional.
The operator must always maintain control of the vehicle.
- Use the acoustic warning device or other signals to alert
people in the area before starting up the vehicle.
- Inspect control instruments immediately after start up,
while the engine is hot and at regular intervals during
use, in order to promptly recognise and resolve any malfunctions.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Despite the vehicle being used in the most different situations, it is necessary to observe, in advance, the compliance
with the minimal operational Standards, as reported below:
Parameter
Admitted values
from -5°C to +40°C
<40°C
from -15°C to +50°C
from 20 to 95%
<2500m
Working temperature
Average daily temperature
Storage temperature
Humidity
Altitude
- The vehicle may move suddenly if started up without
following the correct procedure, thus, creating the risk of
damage personal injury.
- Do not start the engine or touch the levers if there is a
danger sticker posted inside the cab.
- Never start the engine by causing short circuiting between the terminals on the starter.
- Be careful when using auxiliary batteries as the gas contained in these may explode, causing serious damage.
- To start the engine using auxiliary batteries, follow the instructions provided in the paragraph "START UP USING
AUXILIARY BATTERIES". Incorrect procedure may cause serious damage to the electrical/electronic system,
the vehicle to move suddenly, the battery to burst, and
damage to objects and/or people.
B/9
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
SAFE OPERATION
- DANGER DO NOT USE THE VEHICLE IF YOU ARE UNDER THE
EFFECT OF ALCOHOL, DRUGS OR IF YOU HAVE TAKEN MEDICINES THAT MAY MAKE YOU DROWSY OR
MAY ALTER YOUR REFLEX AND REACTION TIME.
- DANGER DO NOT CARRY PASSENGERS ON THE VEHICLE OR
IN THE DRIVER'S CAB OR ON ANY OTHER PART OF
THE TELEHANDLER OR ON ANY OTHER MOUNTED
ATTACHMENTS EXCEPT ON THE PASSENGER CONVEYING BASKET.
- DANGER -
- When working in a congested area, always use the required signals; during operations that require the use of
more than vehicle, use signals known by all personnel.
Designate one person to signal and coordinate the work
zone. Make sure that everyone follows the directions given by the person in charge of signalling.
CHECK THE CORRECT POSITION OF THE
REAR VIEW MIRRORS.
- When working conditions require an operator on the
ground, he/she must use hand signals in compliance
with local regulations in the country of use of the vehicle.
- ATTENTION -
- When working alongside excavations or on the edge of
the road or soft ground: keep at a safe distance as they
vehicle may overturn. Designate a person on the ground
to be in charge of signalling.
Remember that after strong rains, the use of explosives
or an earthquake, the ground is more fragile.
THE PERCEPTION OF OBJECTS' POSITIONS THROUGH THE REAR VIEW MIRRORS MAY NOT BE EXACTLY
AS THEY ARE; THEY MAY SEEM FURTHER AWAY OR
NEARER THAN THEY ARE IN REALITY. DESPITE THE
USE OF REAR VIEW MIRRORS, BLIND SPOTS MAY BE
PRESENT AND THE OPERATOR MAY NOT ABLE TO
SEE CERTAIN POINTS WELL. ALWAYS WORK WITH
MAXIMUM CARE.
- While the vehicle is running, always keep light signals
on. These serve to warn people that the vehicle is about
to move.
- Inspect the work zone before beginning operation.
- Inspect the ground and the conditions of the land at the
work site; ensure safe conditions before operating the
vehicle. Do not use in places at risk for landslides or
rock falling.
- Take due precautions to prevent that any unauthorised
persons from entering the working area.
- When moving through or operating in shallow water or soft
ground, verify the shape and the conditions of the land,
the depth and speed of water flow beginning operation.
- Do not drive with foot on the brake pedal or with the parking brake engaged.
- Continually evaluate the stopping distance required.
- Do not drive at high speeds.
- Always look in the forward direction and maintain good
road visibility. Frequently use the side view mirrors and
check their conditions, cleanliness and position regularly.
- Keep windows, mirrors and lights clean and in good condition.
- Verify that bonnets and the door are closed before beginning operation.
B/10
- Operation on steep sloping roads can cause overturning or sliding. Take proper precautions.
- Always move in a straight line to go up or down a
slope. Moving crosswise or along the slope is extremely dangerous.
- Drive slowly on grass, leaves or wet steel slabs. Even
when operating on slight inclines the vehicle may slip,
lose balance or overturn.
- When working on the upper part or inside buildings or
other structures, ensure stability before beginning operations. The risk of collapse exists and can cause serious
injuries or damage.
- Do not use the vehicle’s force of impact to carry out
tasks. These vehicles have not been designed for said
use, therefore, such use may cause vehicle overturning,
damage, the breakage of components and attachments, in addition to serious personal injury.
- Driving on side sloping roads may cause overturning or
sliding. Take proper precautions.
- Do not leave the vehicle loaded on a slope exceeding
15%, even when the parking brake is engaged.
- Make sure the vehicle is level before lifting the boom
when operating on sloping ground.
- Make sure there is no one in the vehicle’s trajectory or in
work zone.
- When moving on longitudinal slopes:
- Designate someone on the ground to supervise manoeuvres if the operator's field of vision is obstructed.
Always maintain visual contact with the person on the
ground.
Drive and brake delicately.
When moving without loads turn forks or attach
ments downstream.
When moving with loads turn forks or attachments upstream.
- ATTENTION Snow can hide obstacles and objects, and cover holes
dug-out areas and ditches. Proceed with caution when
working in snowy conditions. Operation of the vehicle
if the quantity of snow does not allow for clear distinction of obstacles and possible dangers along the path
IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
- Take care when clearing snow and do not venture off the
main road; that which is hidden at the sides of the road
may cause vehicle overturning or damage to various
components.
- Surfaces covered by snow or ice are extremely dangerous. Operate with caution, reducing vehicle speed as
much as possible and engaging levers slowly.
- Operate with caution. If the vehicle should sink into the
snow, it may overturn or remain buried. Do not venture
from the road and avoid remaining entrapped or buried
under heaps of snow.
- Extra care should be taken, when working on icy terrain.
Should the temperature rise, the ice could melt and the
ground could become slippery.
- ATTENTION Do not attempt to carry out operations which exceed
vehicle’s capability.
- ATTENTION Do not lift loads exceeding the capacity of the vehicle or
accessories and do not increase the size any counterbalance regardless of the artifice utilised.
- Avoid obstacles.
- When lifting a load, ensure that nothing and no one
hampers the movement and avoid false manoeuvres.
- Never leave the motor running when no operator is present.
- Never leave the key in the vehicle when it is unattended.
- ATTENTION Never leave the vehicle in the parked position
with a load raised.
- Dust, rain, fog etc. may reduce visibility. If visibility is
limited, reduce speed and use appropriate lighting.
- Use caution in the presence of electrical cables, ditches,
or freshly excavated or worked ground.
- Make sure not to cause risk to others in the area when
backing up the vehicle.
- Always check the space around the vehicle before carrying out any manoeuvres.
B/11
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
- The vehicles are equipped with a special lighting system
for transfers. If working at night or in a tunnel, adequate
external lighting must be used.
- Do not lift, move or rotate the attachment above any person. If loads fall or bangs occur, damage may result.
- Do not authorise people to come near to or pass underneath a load.
- During operation in certain conditions, particles of material may be ejected. In such conditions, it is a good idea
to wear protective goggles and clear the area of those
people not in possession of such goggles.
- Pay careful attention to crumbling walls, landslides, falling material or objects that may break the cab window
and hit the driver.
- Never operate the vehicle under an overhang as this
could give way and fall onto the vehicle.
- ATTENTION -
- Do not excessively weigh down the vehicle or transport
loads that may fall out or overturn.
If operating close to overhead electrical lines, check that
the safety distance between the vehicle and the electrical
line is sufficient, in compliance with current Standard.
- Do not operate near flammable material.
- ATTENTION When manoeuvring the vehicle, pay attention to bulky
parts above the vehicle. There are parts that j
ut out from the cab.
Consult your local electric company.
In any case, never work at Operating or parking the vehicle too close to cables; less than 5 m from the lines.
Damp ground may increase the risk of electrocution.
- ATTENTION -
- The vehicle is equipped with a protective cab against falling objecting (FOPS). Use of a safety helmet is required
if there is a risk of falling objects.
electrical leads to increased risk of being struck by
lightning or being seriously injured.
- Do not use the vehicle at night, in dark or scarcely lit
conditions unless the vehicle is equipped with working
lights (optional). for additional information, contact your
local dealer.
- Designate someone on the ground to signal when the
vehicle is too close to power lines.
- ATTENTION Do not get onto the cargo load without having checked that:
- it is correctly positioned and anchored
- that the vehicle to which it is connected (van, truck
etc.) is not able to move
- that the deck is able to support the total weight of
the vehicle and its load
- that the width of the deck is appropriate for that of
the vehicle.
- Pay particular attention to loading docks, to trenches, scaffolding, to land that has been recently excavated or filled.
- When driving on roads or slopes pay close attention to
the engine’s RPM. A high engine RPM may result in mechanical damage. Always maintain control of RPMs and
engine speed.
B/12
- Do not allow anyone near the vehicle when operating in
the vicinity of power lines. Wear rubber shoes and gloves as a precaution against possible emergencies. Cover the seat with a rubber piece of fabric and take care
to not touch the chassis with any unprotected body parts.
- Should the vehicle collide with an electrical cable, the
operator, to avoid electrocution, must never abandon
the driver's cab until he/she is certain that the electrical
power supply has been properly disconnected.
- To prevent damaging hydraulic connections when changing an attachment, stop the engine and wait a minute
to remove pressure from the circuit. Always clean connectors before their reinsertion.
Before each use, check that attachments have been properly mounted and secured on their corresponding supports.
- Check the cleanliness, protection and the conditions of
rapid detachment connections in attachment circuits daily.
- ATTENTION -
- ATTENTION -
Prior to each use, check that the cab safety system has
been set in compliance with the mounted attachment.
Operators who note that the vehicle is not operating properly or that is does not conform to safety regulations
must immediately inform the construction site manager.
- PROHIBITION IT IS FORBIDDEN for operators to directly carry out
repair or adjustment work unless trained to do so. Only
the person charged to do so should carry out maintenance work on the vehicle.
- ATTENTION -
- Instructions supplied by the anti-tipping system must be
considered valid for vehicles in standard working conditions, on flat, even ground and with properly functioning
and correctly calibrated instruments. Regardless, limit values displayed on the load tables must never be exceeded.
- Never bring equipment near open flames.
- PROHIBITION IT IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN to attempt starting the vehicle by pushing or pulling on it. This may cause serious
damage to people and/or the vehicle.
- If operating the vehicle at low temperatures (-10°C),
empty and refill the tank using lubricants, fuel or cooling
liquids suitable for such temperatures.
- ATTENTION The use of the vehicle in protected environments such
as refineries or explosive atmospheres is STRICTLY
PROHIBITED. Special optional equipment is available
for use in these types of locations. Contact your agent
or dealer.
-
Ensure that service brakes and horn are working properly.
Slow down before turning.
Maintain control of the vehicle and its speed in all situations.
Do not drive in reverse for long distances.
Brake slowly, avoid abrupt braking.
Hydraulic steering is very sensitive to steering wheel movements. Steer slowly and avoid any sudden movements.
- The speed of vehicles with loads must never exceed 10
Km/h. Should the load exceed 50% of the maximum admitted load, the machine speed must be reduced to 5Km/h.
- PROHIBITION Carrying people on or lifting people up with the vehicle
is STRICTLY PROHIBITED unless the vehicle is equipped for said purpose and has a special certificate of
conformity regarding the transport of people.
- Carefully follow loading programme instructions.
B/13
Mod. Agri Farmer
LOAD HANDLING
- ATTENTION Always adhere to safety regulations; always transport balanced, properly arranged loads to prevent overturning.
- Always fully insert forks under loads and bring them to
the transport position (forks at 300 mm from the ground
and slanted backwards, boom completely retracted).
Safety Regulations
- ATTENTION The standard illumination of the telescopic loader is not
suitable in working conditions with poor visibility or for
use at night. There are several ways to improve visibility in poor lighting conditions.
Contact your local DIECI dealer.
- Lifting or transporting a load that exceeds the nominal
capacity or the vehicle or accessory is PROHIBITED.
- Never lift a load harnessed with a single fork or table.
- Always check that the pallets, boxes, etc. are in good
condition and suitable for the type of load to be lifted.
- Manoeuvre the mean with the boom raised only in exceptional circumstances. In these circumstances, operate with due prudence, reduce speed as much as possible and brake delicately. Make sure that visibility is
always sufficient. If necessary, ask an operator on the
ground to guide operations.
- During handling operations, reduce speed as much as
possible and brake delicately.
- Do not manoeuvre loads while the vehicle is moving.
- ATTENTION Load handling can be carried out only in reduced
gears “1” and "II" (first and second gear).
- Before turning, slow down as much as possible, and monitor the load.
- Handle loads with care, at low speed and without sudden or skipping movements, above all if carrying at great
heights.
- Do not change direction sharply or at a high speed.
- ATTENTION IN THE EVENT OF VEHICLE OVERTURNING, DO NOT
ATTEMPT TO EXIT FROM THE TELEHANDLER DURING
AN ACCIDENT. ALWAYS FASTEN SEAT-BELTS WHEN
DRIVING THE VEHICLE. ALWAYS KEEP SEAT-BELTS
FASTENED WHENEVER INSIDE THE CAB.
- Always use the parking brake when setting down or lifting a load on a slope.
- Always ensure good visibility in the work area, including
direct vision and visibility using rear view mirrors in order
to check for the presence of people, animals, obstacles,
holes and changes in slope etc. animals, obstacles, animals, obstacles, holes, slope variations
- If visibility on the right side is limited during boom operation, before lifting the load, ensure that the work area
is clear and make note of the position of any possible
obstacles and irregularities in the terrain.
- Always ensure good visibility (clean windows, clean and
properly working headlights etc.)
B/14
- ATTENTION BEFORE LIFTING LOADS, OPERATORS MUST BE FAMILIAR WITH THE WEIGHT OF THE LOAD AND ITS CENTRE OF GRAVITY.
- Load tables are valid for centres of gravity that are 500
mm from the heels of the forks. Contact your dealer for information regarding centres of gravity at greater distances.
- Pay CAREFUL ATTENTION during the transport of
loads with a variable centre of gravity (e.g. liquids). Operate with caution in order to limit such variations and to
prevent the risk of vehicle overturning.
- Pay ATTENTION regarding the risk of limbs being crushed during manual fork adjustment operations.
PARKING THE VEHICLE
- Always park on flat, even and level ground where there
is no risk of falling masses, landslides or flooding.
- Lower outriggers to the ground (if present)
- Retract the boom completely and lower it to the ground.
- Engage the parking brake
- Move the “direction” lever to position "N".
- Run the engine for a minimum of 60 seconds before
switching off in order to cool the engine down.
- Turn the key to the halt engine position.
- Remove the key from the ignition.
- Block the hydraulic controls using the devices provided
(when present).
- Close and lock windows using the specially provided
handles.
- Close and lock the cab door.
- Place wedges under the wheels.
- Make sure that the vehicle is parked so that it does not
block traffic and at least 5 metres away from railway tracks.
TEMPORARY HALT
Gradually release the accelerator pedal.
Bring the vehicle to a halt on flat ground.
Engage the parking brake
Move the “direction” lever to position "N".
While the vehicle is being run-in (50 h) do not keep the
diesel engine at minimum revs for too long.
- ATTENTION IF THE OPERATOR MUST ABANDON THE DRIVER'S
SEAT, HE/SHE SHOULD FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS
PROVIDED IN THE PARAGRAPH REGARDING "PARKING THE VEHICLE".
B/15
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
ROAD TRAVEL (INSTRUCTIONS)
ROAD TRAVEL
- ATTENTION BEFORE THE VEHICLE IS TRANSFERRED TO THE
ROAD MAKE SURE YOU ARE ACTING IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PERTINENT IN
THE COUNTRY OF USE.
- Use the levelling control switch to level the vehicle‘s
chassis in relation to the axes of the wheels (if present).
- Ensure that all outriggers have been perfectly retracted
and raised (if present).
THE OBLIGATIONS FOR ROAD TRAVEL ARE GIVEN IN
THE VEHICLE REGISTRATION DOCUMENT.
- Close the telescopic arm (boom) completely.
Lower the main boom completely and raise it slightly
(300 mm from ground).
- Dimmed headlights should be used during day hours
and on roads where use of visual signals and lighting
devices is not mandatory.
- Make sure the lights are functioning properly before
driving the vehicle on roads. Check that the ‘slow vehicle’ revolving indicator light is installed and operational.
Keep it activated during both day and night use.
- Ensure correct operation and cleaning of headlights, directional lights and windscreen wipers.
- ATTENTION ENSURE CORRECT POSITIONING OF
REAR VIEW MIRRORS.
PAY ATTENTION AS THE PERCEPTION OF OBJECTS'
POSITIONS THROUGH THE REAR VIEW MIRRORS MAY
NOT BE EXACTLY AS THEY ARE; THEY MAY SEEM FURTHER AWAY OR NEARER THAN THEY ARE IN REALITY.
- Carry out the wheel timing. Setting steering as shown in
the vehicle handbook and to blocking the selection lever
using the relevant device IS COMPULSORY. In Italy set
the 4 wheel steering mode; on public roads do not use
crosswise steering or 2 wheel steering.
- Ensure that the fuel quantity is sufficient.
- Mount all attachments provided for road driving in compliance with the country where operating.
- Install a overhanging load signal panel on the boom
head before the entering onto the road.
- Always evaluate the itinerary to be covered, taking into
consideration suspended structures (e.g. bridges, underpasses) that could be damaged by the vehicle.
- In some countries it is mandatory to place wedges under
the tyres when the vehicle is stopped.
- Make sure that the vehicle complies with local regulations regarding number plates when travelling on roads
during both day and night.
- ATTENTION ROAD TRANSFER WITH ATTACHMENTS SECURED ON
THE FORK HOLDING PLATE OTHER THAN THOSE PERMITTED BY THE LAW IN THE COUNTRY WHERE THE
VEHICLE IS USED IS PROHIBITED.
- ATTENTION OPERATING THE VEHICLE ON THE ROAD WHEN IT IS
CARRYING A LOAD IS PROHIBITED.
B/16
HOISTING THE MACHINE
TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE
- Disassemble any attachments from the machine.
- Before transporting the machine, ensure that the rules
and regulations of every area the machine will travel
through are complied with.
- Completely retract and lower the boom.
- When the machine is in position, engage the parking
brake and position the gear selector in neutral "N".
- Close the windows and lock the door of the cab.
- Ensure that the hoisting mechanism has a suitable capacity for the weight of the machine before attempting to
hoist it. The weight of the machine is displayed on a plate.
- Disassemble any attachments from the machine.
- Completely retract and lower the boom.
- Before loading the machine onto the means of transport,
ensure there is no grease, ice or other slippery substances on the machine or the ramp.
- Ensure the brake is engaged on the tractor and the trailer.
-Ensure the safety instructions regarding the transport
platform have been applied correctly before loading the
machine and that the driver of the means of transport is
informed about the overall dimensions and weight of the
telescopic handler.
- Load and unload the machine on solid and level ground.
- Check the overall dimensions for the maximum and minimum heights above ground and the permitted weight.
Check the authorised soil contact pressure for the
platform compared to the machine.
- Always ensure the devices used to anchor the machine
(cables, chains, wedges, etc.) are in good condition; ensure they are not worn, broken or twisted.
- Check the capacity of the anchors before hoisting the
machine.
- Check the overall dimensions of the machine.
- Use the hoisting points illustrated in the figure and marked on the machine with the appropriate symbols.
- Before hoisting the machine, ensure there are no unauthorised people in the surrounding area.
- Bear in mind the location of the centre of gravity of the
telehandler.
- Load the machine on the means of transport (ensure the
ramps are correctly and safely positioned).
- Load the machine parallel to the platform.
- Manoeuvre the machine with caution onto the means of
transport.
- When the machine is in a safe position, engage the parking brake and position the gear selector in neutral "N".
- Place wedges under the front and rear of the tyres on the
machine. Anchor the machine to the means of transport
with cables or chains. Tighten the cables and/or chains.
- Close the windows and lock the door of the cab.
- Slowly hoist the machine with the utmost care.
- Use the anchor points illustrated in the figure and marked on the machine with the appropriate symbols.
- Always ensure the devices used to anchor the machine
(cables, chains, wedges, etc.) are in good condition and
that the capacity of the means of transport is suitable for
the weight to handle.
- ATTENTION Carefully comply with all the steps described above to
ensure the machine is transported safely.
B/17
Mod. Agri Farmer
ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE
- If supplementary equipment is installed by the client, the
user must verify if the installation causes any type of interference with vehicle’s instruments.
If this is the case, the user must eliminate this interference.
It is important to pay careful attention to mobile attachments
such as radio communications (telephones) which must be
installed by specialised technicians and used with externally
mounted antennas.
In general, all additional electrical equipment installed must
comply with EMC Directive EC/2004/108 and must carry the
"CE" marking.
VIBRATIONS
Take into consideration the following precautions to reduce
the operator’s exposure to vibrations:
- Always use equipment that is appropriate for the type of
work being performed.
- The driver's seat must be properly adjusted.. Inspect and, if necessary, repair seat suspensions and
adjustment mechanisms.
- Make sure that the vehicle is kept in good condition, follow
vehicle maintenance schedule as described in this manual.
- Steer, accelerate, brake, change gears, move attachments slowly.
- While driving, adjust vehicle speed to minimise the vibration level. Reduce speed to prevent risk of jolting. Transport
the vehicle if the distance between work sites is significant.
- Keep the work site in good condition, remove rocks and
obstacles, fill-in depressions or holes, etc.
- To avoid back problems, use the vehicle only if in good
health conditions. The operator should take periodic
breaks to reduce the amount of time spent seated in
the same position. Never jump down from the cab or the
vehicle. Avoid repeatedly handling and lifting loads.
Agri Farmer
1) Vibration values on the seat
Vibration emission value measured at = 1,8 m/s2
Uncertainty factor K = 0,5 m/s2
Values determined in compliance with standard EN 13059
2) Vibration values on the steering wheel
Vibration emission value measured at = 4,5 m/s2
Uncertainty factor K = 2,2 m/s2
Values determined in compliance with standard EN 13059
B/18
Safety Regulations
NOISE
The machine has been designed and realised to reduce the
sound emission level at the origin.
The detected acoustic power data is equal to 104 dB LwA
with reference to Outdoor Noise Directive EC/2000/14
Sources emissions in the environment of equipment and
machines working outdoors.
- ATTENTION THE GIVEN NOISE VALUES ARE EMISSION LEVELS
AND DO NOT NECESSARILY REPRESENT SAFE
OPERATIONAL LEVELS.
The factors determining the level of exposure to which the
work force is subjected, include the duration of exposure,
the work areas and other eventual sources of noise (different manufacturing and equipment, background noise, etc.);
furthermore, the admitted levels of exposure can vary from
country to country.
During manufacturing, the users must use suitable Individual
Protection Devices as indicated in the dedicated paragraph.
B/19
Mod. Agri Farmer
PERFORMING MAINTENANCE WORK SAFELY
- Do not leave tools or other instruments laying around in
a disorderly fashion at the work site. Clean traces of grease, oil and other substances that could cause slipping.
Always keep the work site clean and organised in order
to guarantee safe operation of the vehicle. .
- Always deposit cloths soaked with grease and/or inflammable materials in a safe container to ensure safety at
the work site.
- Only use attachments that are appropriate for the job
and ensure their proper use. The use of damaged, defective, unsuitable and poor quality equipment may cause serious injury.
- Do not hit the vehicle or its parts with a hammer or any
other instrument, as projected fragments could cause
injury.
- If inspection or maintenance is carried out on vehicles
which are still covered with mud, oil, etc., operators risk
sliding or falling and the analysis of components is made
more difficult. Carefully clean the vehicle before repair or
maintenance work is carried out.
Before performing maintenance work on your vehicle, do
the following:
Park the vehicle on flat, even ground.
Lower and completely retract the boom.
Keep the boom raised and mount the safety rod if maintenance work must be carried out with the boom raised.
Run the engine at a minimum for 60 seconds to cool it
down.
Switch off the key in the ignition switch.
Remove the key from the ignition.
Release any residual pressure from the hydraulic system, by repeatedly moving the hydraulic distribution
levers with the engine switched off.
Hang up a sign that indicates maintenance work is underway. This sign can be hung on the manipulators or
the cab door.
Set up barriers and spacers to prevent unauthorised personnel from approaching the vehicle.
Disconnect the battery isolator switch.
Allow the engine to cool down.
- Ensure you are familiar with maintenance procedures
before starting work.
- Keep the work zone clean and dry.
- Do not lubricate parts or carry out maintenance work
when the vehicle is in motion.
B/20
Safety Regulations
- Never carry out maintenance on a moving vehicle.
If maintenance needs carrying out with the engine running, it must be carried out only by personnel authorised by the Dealer or directly by the Manufacturer,
DIECI s.r.l.
Request assistance of at least two workers and follow the
instructions below:
One worker must always be seated in the driver's seat,
ready to switch off the engine at any time.
All workers must remain in contact with one another.
Take care not to remain entrapped in components during
the execution of operations performed on the fan, belt or
other rotating parts.
Do not touch levers or control pedals. Should a lever or
pedal need to be moved, always warn operators first so
they can move out of harm’s way.
- ATTENTION DAMAGE MAY BE CAUSED BY ENTANGLEMENT IN
MOVING PARTS. PREVENT ACCIDENTS WHILE YOU
ARE WORKING BY ENSURING THAT, HANDS, FEET,
CLOTHING, JEWELLERY AND HAIR CANNOT GET
CAUGHT IN MOVING PARTS.
Do allow instruments or other objects to fall into the vehicle’s rotating parts, as these parts may break and be
projected out causing danger.
- If you need to perform repair or maintenance work under
the vehicle, firmly support the equipment being used and
the vehicle with blocks that are solid enough to support
the weight.
- Store attachments removed from the vehicle in a safe
place where they do not risk falling. Take precautions to
prevent unauthorized persons from approaching the storage area.
- Do not rest metal parts on the battery.
- Disconnect the battery wires before working on the electrical system or before carrying out arc welding on the
vehicle.
- Welding operations must always be carried out by qualified welders and in areas equipped with suitable equipment. There is danger of gas leaks, fire or electrocution
during welding operations; Do not allow unqualified personnel to carry out such operations.
- When carrying out electric welding, connect the earth of
the welding machine as close as possible to the area to
be welded, and prevent the electric current from passing
through ball bearings, articulated joints, hydraulic cylinders or sliding parts. If welding must be done in proximity to the oil or fuel tank, empty the tanks before welding.
- DANGER EXHAUST GASES FROM THE ENGINE ARE TOXIC AND
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO YOUR HEALTH.
- DANGER THE VEHICLE MUST BE OUTDOORS WHEN
THE ENGINE IS RUNNING.
THE VEHICLE CAN BE KEPT IN A CLOSED AREA ONLY
IF IT IS PROPERLY VENTILATED AND THE VEHICLE
IS EQUIPPED WITH SPECIAL PURIFIERS.
- ATTENTION IF YOU NEED TO WORK UNDER THE RAISED MOBILE
PARTS (BOOMS, SHOVELS, ETC.) OF THE VEHICLE,
BLOCK THEM USING SPACERS PLACED ON THE
CYLINDER RODS OR LEAN THEM UP AGAINST APPROPRIATELY SIZED SUPPORTS.
B/21
Mod. Agri Farmer
- Replace any worn or broken components.
- Eliminate any accumulations of grease, oil or deposits.
- After the machine has been used, the engine coolant will
be hot and pressurised. Any contact with hot water and/
or steam may cause serious burns.
- Avoid any possible injury caused by hot water jets. Do
not remove the radiator cap until the engine has cooled
down. To open, unscrew the cap as far as possible. Before removing the cap, release any pressure.
- To prevent burns caused by oil or other red hot parts
while checking or unloading, allow the oil to cool down
(you should be able to touch the cap with your hand) before starting work. Even when the oil has cooled down,
unscrew the cap very gently to release the inside pressure before removing.
Safety Regulations
- Use a piece of cardboard to check for any leaks; ensure your
hands and body are protected against pressurised fluids.
- Any fluids injected under the skin must be removed surgically. If there is an accident, seek medical attention immediately.
- Do attempt to loosen fittings, hoses or hydraulic components while the circuit is pressurised.
- Never touch the coolant in the air conditioner. If the
coolant in the air conditioner squirts into the eyes, it can
cause blindness; if it touches the skin, it can cause freezing phenomena.
- Cleaning with compressed air poses the risk of serious
injury caused by flying particles. Always wear safety goggles, a dust mask, gloves and other safety equipment.
- ATTENTION CHANGING THE ADJUSTMENT AND/OR DISASSEMBLING BALANCING VALVES AND SAFETY VALVES CAN
BE DANGEROUS.
ONE OF THE AFOREMENTIONED VALVES CAN ONLY
BE DISASSEMBLED IF THE RELATIVE JACK IS AT A
STANDSTILL AND IF THERE IS NO PRESSURE IN THE
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT.
THIS OPERATION CAN ONLY BE CARRIED OUT BY AUTHORISED PERSONNEL.
- ATTENTION BEWARE OF BURNS; THE ENGINE OIL OF THE REDUCTION GEARS AND THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, AS WELL
AS THE PIPES, ENGINE AND OTHER COMPONENTS
BECOME VERY HOT WHEN THE MACHINE IS IN USE.
WAIT UNTIL ALL PARTS COOL DOWN BEFORE STARTING ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR WORK.
- Fluids such as fuel or hydraulic oil under pressure can
penetrate the skin and eyes causing serious injuries.
Avoid these risks while carrying out repairs or maintenance on the machine.
- Discharge any pressure (using the hydraulic levers of
the distributors) before disconnecting or repairing pipes
or hydraulic parts.
- Do attempt to loosen fittings, hoses or hydraulic components while the circuit is pressurised.
- Before restarting the engine, ensure that all fittings have
been properly tightened.
B/22
- Only use the lubricants indicated by DIECI, never use
used lubricants.
CLEANING YOUR MACHINE
CLEANING THE WINDOWS
- Switch off the engine, remove the key from the ignition
and wait for the various components to cool down.
- The cab windows, headlamps and rear-view mirrors
must be washed frequently with soapy water.
- Wear appropriate protective clothing (gloves, mask,
overalls, etc.)
- After you have cleaned these components, dry carefully.
Do not leave any stains or halos that may limit or distort
the operator's view.
- Do not use inflammable liquids, acids or products that
may chemically corrode machine components.
- Do not clean moving or hot parts; allow the parts to cool
because they could be damaged by abrupt changes in
temperature.
- To clean the exterior of the machine and the engine
compartment, use a power washer bearing in mind the
following:
Ensure the filler caps are closed properly (radiator, oil
tank, fuel tank, etc.)
CLEANING THE CAB
- Clean the soft upholstery in the cab with a cloth that has
been immerged in a solution of water and detergent and
then tightly squeezed.
- Clean the driver ’s seat and the floor with a vacuum
cleaner and/or a stiff brush. If necessary, use a damp
cloth to remove any stubborn stains.
Protect control units and connectors from water seepage.
- ATTENTION -
Do not use water temperatures or pressures over 80°C
and 100 bar respectively.
DO NOT USE JETS OF WATER INSIDE THE CAB.
Do not hold the power washer nozzle less than 40 cm
from the surface you are washing.
- Clean the seat-belts with a sponge dipped in hot soapy
water and simply leave them to dry.
Do not concentrate the jet in just one place, wash using
large strokes.
- The fabric seats should be cleaned with a stiff brush or vacuum cleaner. Plastic seats should be cleaned with a damp cloth.
The interior of the machine is delicate and must never be
cleaned with a power washer.
SAFETY STICKERS
- Consult the summary table in the chapter “MAINTENANCE” for the inspection schedule.
- Replace any Danger, Caution, Hazard or instruction
stickers that are illegible or missing.
- If any water accidentally falls on the electrical system,
the machine will not function correctly. Do not use water
or steam to clean the electrical system, sensors or connectors.
- To repair any small defects on the bodywork, ask your
DIECI dealer for tins of touch up paint. Ensure all the
stickers are present; replace any stickers that are lost or
removed while cleaning.
- Read all the safety warnings on the machine and comply
with their contents before starting, running, refuelling or
carrying out maintenance work. Clean said warnings if
covered in mud, cement or other deposits. Do not remove
for any reason. If damaged, lost or illegible, replace immediately. Orders must be placed using the same process
as for spare parts (ensure you include the model and serial number of the machine when you place your order).
- The location and code numbers of the safety stickers are illustrated in chapter "B – SAFETY STANDARDS" in this manual.
B/23
Mod. Agri Farmer
STORINGTHEMACHINE/PROLONGEDINACTIVITY
Before a six month period of machine inactivity, the following
precautions should be observed:
Clean the vehicle.
Touch up paint where necessary to prevent rust.
Lubricate all greasing nipples.
Check to see if there are any worn or damaged parts on
the vehicle and replace them if necessary.
Drain the oil from the engine and replace it with new oil.
Clean the fuel system and change the filter cartridges.
Empty the normal fuel tank and fill it with ten litres of
special prolonged inactivity fuel. Run the engine for ten
minutes so the new solution can distribute evenly.
Drain the coolant from the radiator and the cylinder block
and refill them with a solution made of antifreeze and water.
Remove any attachments.
Realign the turret.
Completely lower the boom.
Remove the battery and store it in a warm, dry place.
Recharge it periodically.
Raise the vehicle onto tripods to take the weight off the tyres.
Cover the exhaust opening.
Cover the exposed rods of the hydraulic cylinders with a
thin layer of grease.
Close and lock all windows.
Close and lock the door.
PREPARATIONAFTER PROLONGED INACTIVITY
Inflate tyres with the correct pressure.
Remove the tripods from the axles.
Fill the fuel tank.
Check the radiator coolant level. .
Check various oil levels.
Insert a fully charged battery.
Remove exhaust pipe cover.
Remove the layer of grease from the exposed cylinder rods.
Switch on the engine and make sure all controls are working properly.
Leave the engine running at minimum speed without a
load for a few minutes.
Make sure the brakes are working properly.
B/24
Safety Regulations
FIRE PREVENTION
- ATTENTION Stop the machine immediately if an alarm lights up in
the cab. Contact your DIECI service centre and do not
operate the machine until the fault has been repaired.
- Before every work cycle, ensure there are no leaks from
the machine; fuel, oil, grease or lubricants in general can
start fires and cause serious injury.
- ATTENTION - Regularly check there are no loose or missing clamps,
no twisted hoses or hoses that are rubbing together.
- Do not bend any pipes under pressure. Never install damaged pipes.
- Remove inflammable materials such as fuel, oil, grease,
waste, deposits, accumulated dust or any other components that can start a fire.
- Avoid short circuits; they can cause fires.
- Regularly clean and secure all electrical connections.
Before every work shift, ensure there are no twisted,
hardened or damaged electricity cables. If there is a malfunction, do not start the machine and contact a DIECI
service centre.
- Regularly check the ignition switch. A fault when stopping the engine will obstruct the work of the fire brigade.
IF A FIRE DEVELOPS, IMMEDIATELY ABANDON THE
MACHINE AND FIND A SAFE PLACE; IF POSSIBLE TURN
THE IGNITION TO "0" (ENGINE AND INSTRUMENTS OFF)
BEFORE ABANDONING THE MACHINE.
- ATTENTION ONLY TRY TO PUT OUT THE FIRE IF IT IS SMALL AND IF
YOU HAVE AN OF A CORRECTLY MAINTAINED EFFICIENT EXTINGUISHER
- ATTENTION IF THE FIRE DIRECTLY INVOLVES THE OIL OR FUEL
TANK, ABANDON THE MACHINE IMMEDIATELY; THE
MACHINE COULD EXPLODE.
- When cleaning parts with oil, use non-inflammable oil.
Diesel and petrol fuel can catch fire. Do not use.
- Do not weld or use a cutting torch to cut pipes that contain inflammable liquids.
- When checking the level of fuel, oil, battery electrolyte,
windscreen wiper liquid or coolant, always use an explosion proof light source. If other types of lighting are
used, there is a risk of explosion.
B/25
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
- Do not overturn or tilt the battery to avoid acid leakage.
BATTERIES
- Charge the battery in a well-ventilated place and ALWAYS disconnect the power supply before disconnecting the terminals.
- Always use a voltmeter or a densimeter to check the
battery charge. Use a torch to check the electrolyte
level, never a naked flame. Never place anything metallic between the terminals to check the battery charge.
- ATTENTION -
- DO NOT generate any sparks with the wire terminals
while recharging the battery or while starting the engine
with an auxiliary battery.
TO AVOID BATTERY EXPLOSIONS, KEEP SPARKS,
NAKED FLAMES AND CIGARETTES FAR FROM THE
TOP OF BATTERIES BECAUSE THESE CAN PRODUCE
HIGHLY INFLAMMABLE GASES.
- Ensure the caps and air vents are correctly assembled
and firmly tightened.
- Clean the upper part of the battery, ensure the clamps are
firmly assembled and cover with a thin layer of Vaseline.
- If the battery freezes, put in a warm place to defrost. Do
not use and do not charge; it could explode.
- In normal conditions, the battery is kept charged by the machine alternator. If the battery is completely flat through prolonged lack of use or because its lifetime is over, the alternator will no longer be able to keep it charged. The battery
must be replaced and recharged using a battery charger.
Charging instructions
- ATTENTION -
1. If possible remove the caps.
THE BATTERY CONTAINS SULPHURIC ACID ELECTROLYTE, A CORROSIVE SUBSTANCE THAT MUST BE
HANDLED WITH THE UTMOST CAUTION BECAUSE IT
CAN CAUSE POISONING AND SERIOUS BURNS.
2. Check the electrolyte level.
KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.
AVOID CONTACT WITH THE SKIN OR EYES.
3. Clean the poles.
4. Ensure the room is sufficiently ventilated.
5. Limit the charge current to a maximum 1/10 of
the battery capacity (Ah).
6. Connect the battery to the charger.
7. Connect the charger to the power supply mains.
- ATTENTION WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND SAFETY GLOVES
AND GOGGLES. IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH THE
EYES OR SKIN, RINSE IMMEDIATELY WITH ABUNDANT
WATER AND CONSULT A DOCTOR. IF SWALLOWED,
CONSULT A DOCTOR.
8. Switch on the charger.
9. The battery temperature must not exceed 55 °C.
10.When the battery has finished charging, disconnect
the battery charger.
11.Disconnect the charger from the power supply mains.
12. Disconnect the battery from the charger.
13. Check the electrolyte level.
14. Reinstall the caps.
B/26
- Do not charge damaged batteries. Danger of explosion.
STARTING UP WITH AUXILIARY BATTERIES
- Do not charge a hot battery. Danger of explosion.
- A battery is completely charged if at a constant temperature, the density of the electrolyte and the measured
voltage at the poles does not increase within 2 hours.
- ATTENTION Two adequately trained and qualified people are required to start the engine using an auxiliary battery.
- Every charge is as good as the general condition of the
battery. This means that the charge of an old battery will not
achieve the same lifetime and efficiency as a new battery.
Any mistakes during this procedure can cause serious
damage to the machine, things and people.
- The most straightforward charge method is the constant
power charge.
- When starting the engine from another machine, connect the batteries in parallel. When connecting the cables, avoid contact between the positive cable “+” and
the negative cable “-“.
- When charging is over, the charger voltage increases
and creates gasification. It is advisable to use straightforward chargers with minimum current control and a timer
to switch the charger off.
- If the battery has a low electrolyte level, top up to the minimum
level (just above the limit of the plates) and then charge. After
ending the charge, fill to the maximum level (to avoid leaks).
Do not overcharge because:
a) It is a waste of energy that causes water disassociation.
b) It produces a loss of active mass due to the deterioration
of the electrodes.
c) It creates a danger of explosion.
- If the sulphated batteries are charged without a voltage
limit, they will reach boiling point and overheat.
- Charge old batteries with the utmost caution (they will
probably be sulphated batteries). Even at 13.8 Volt, there is the risk of an increase in temperature.
- ATTENTION All these procedures must be carried out by competent
and trained staff.
- Ensure you are wearing appropriate protective clothing
before carrying out any procedures.
- Take care to avoid contact between the machine to be
started up and the machine that has to supply the power,
to avoid sparks and consequently explosions caused by
the hydrogen produced by the batteries. If the battery
explodes, it could cause serious damage and injury.
- Ensure you never accidentally switch the starting cables and connect first the ground lead (-) and lastly the positive voltage lead (+).
- Use great care when removing the starting cables; ensure that when the cables are disconnected from the
battery they do not touch other parts of the machine to
prevent hydrogen explosions.
- ATTENTION THE CABLES AND THE CLIPS MUST BE SIZED ACCORDING TO THE POWER CHARGE TO BE TRANSFERRED.
THE CAPACITY OF THE BATTERY USED TO START THE
MACHINE MUST BE GREATER OR AT LEAST EQUAL TO
THE CAPACITY OF THE BATTERY ON THE MACHINE.
- ATTENTION Batteries contain substances that are particularly hazardous
pollutants and must not be disposed of in the environment.
Uncharged, old, damaged, etc. batteries must be disposed of appropriately.
- ATTENTION ENSURE THE CABLES AND CLIPS ARE NOT CORRODED OR DAMAGED.
ENSURE THE CLIPS GRIP THE TERMINALS FIRMLY.
Low maintenance batteries
Low maintenance batteries are designed to avoid maintenance during ordinary and normal battery use. If the battery
is flat, check the electrolyte level and follow the instructions
in the paragraph “BATTERY”. Please consult the supplier or
manufacturer for technical specifications.
- ATTENTION TAKE THE UTMOST CARE DURING THE VARIOUS PROCEDURES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT CONTACT WITH LIVE PARTS
CAN CAUSE INJURY AND SOMETIMES EVEN DEATH.
- ATTENTION Maintenance-free batteries
These types of battery do not require any maintenance.
When the battery is flat, it must be replaced. Please consult
the supplier or manufacturer for technical specifications.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, THE OPERATOR
MUST BE SEATED IN THE DRIVER’S SEAT TO ENSURE
THE MACHINE IS UNDER HIS OR HER CONTROL.
- ATTENTION DO NOT CARRY OUT ANY MAINTENANCE OR ATTEMPT
TO RECOVER MAINTENANCE-FREE BATTERIES.
B/27
Mod. Agri Farmer
Connecting the cables and starting the engine
1. Ensure the ignition key is in position “O”.
2. Connect the positive poles “+” on the two batteries “A”.
3. Connect the cable on the negative terminal “-“ of the charged
battery to the ground block on the machine to be started up “B”.
4. Start up the engine of the machine that is working properly
and rev up the engine.
Safety Regulations
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OVERLOAD PROTECTION
- ATTENTION Burnt fuses must be replaced with another fuse of the
same type.
Other types of repairs are forbidden, even if temporary.
- Do not connect or remove terminals, fuses or connectors
while the machine is running or being electrically powered.
5. Start the engine of the machine that has broken down.
- ATTENTION Removing the cables
With the engine running, remove the cables in the reverse
order in which they were connected.
1. Disconnect the negative cable (-) from the ground block on
the started engine and then from battery “B”.
2. Disconnect the positive cable “+” first from the battery used
to start up and then from the battery of the machine with the
flat battery. “A”.
Any work on the electrical system must be carried out
while the machine is disconnected from the power supply.
Do not restore the power supply until the work has been
completed and all covers and protection devices have
been reassembled.
- Act on the battery cut-out to disconnect the power supply to the machine.
- Also disconnect the power supply by acting on the battery cut-out before replacing the battery.
- If a connector is damaged or no longer enters its housing,
replace immediately to avoid short circuits, sparks, etc.
- ATTENTION -
Charged
battery
Flat
battery
Engine block
to start
Damaged, pinched or burnt cables must be replaced immediately even if the damage only concerns the sheath
or external insulation.
- Never connect or disconnect the charge circuit (including battery connections) while the engine is running.
- Never short circuit at the ground (earth) any charge
components.
- Do not use an auxiliary battery with a rated voltage above 12 Volts.
- ATTENTION ALL THESE PROCEDURES MUST BE CARRIED OUT BY
COMPETENT AND TRAINED STAFF.
- Always ensure the polarity is correct when installing batteries or using an auxiliary battery to start up using jump
cables. Comply with the instructions in the use and maintenance manual when starting the machine with jump cables. Connect positive to positive and negative to negative.
- Always disconnect the negative cable from the batteries
before carrying out any arc welding on the machine or
any attachments connected to it.
- Position the welder ground terminal as close as possible
to the area to weld.
- ATTENTION If the welding needs to be carried out near an electrical
module, the module must be removed from the machine.
Ensure this procedure is carried out by qualified and
authorised personnel.
- Ensure the welder cables are not above, near or cross
any electrical cables or electronic components while
welding is being carried out.
B/28
TIGHTENING WHEEL NUTS
Tyre pressure table
- Tighten nuts in accordance with the schedule provided in
the maintenance table
- When tightening the wheel nuts, torque should be as follows:
Wheel stud 18
Wheel stud 22
kgm 50
kgm 60
- Always tighten the nuts positioned opposite each other,
not consecutively.
- After having remounted the wheel, tighten the nuts
between the wheel and axles. Check that nuts are tightened each day until torque has stablised.
- ATTENTION THE NUMBER OF AXLE STUDS MUST CORRESPOND
TO THE NUMBER OF TIGHTENED NUTS.THEREFORE
ALL NUTS MUST BE MOUNTED IN ON EACH TYRE;
OTHERWISE THE VEHICLE WILL NOT OPERATE.
- In the event of tyre replacement, the vehicle or the lifted side can be set back on the ground only with tyres
mounted and properly tightened.
- ATTENTION NUT TIGHTENING MUST BE CARRIED OUT FIRST WITH THE
VEHICLE, OR PARTS OF IT, LIFTED FROM THE GROUND,
AND THEN WITH THE VEHICLE ON THE GROUND.
- Only use original DIECI nuts to tighten the wheels.
Should even just a single nut be lost, contact the DIECI
service centre.
MISURA PNEUMATICO
TYRES DIMENSIONS
CARATTERISTICHE
DETAILS
MARCA
BRAND
BAR
BAR
3,75
10,5 -18
129D (10PR)
/
12,5 -18
132B (10PR)
/
3,0
12,5 -18
134D (12PR)
/
3,5
12,5 -20
136B (12PR)
/
3,5
18 R19,5
160A8(16PR)
/
4,5
16/70 -20
148D (14PR)
/
3,5
18 -22,5
163A8 (16PR )
/
4,5
405/70-20 (16/70-20)
149B (14PR)
/
3,5
405/70R20 (16/70R20)
152J
/
6,0
405/70-24 (16/70-24)
14PR
/
4,0
405/70R24 (16/70R24)
152J
/
5,0
445/65R22,5 (18R22,5)
169F
/
8,0
445/65 R22,5
168A8
/
8,5
14.00 -24
16PR
/
3,75
17.5L -24
152A8 (16PR)
/
3,2
445/70R24 (17.5LR24)
151G
/
4,1
500/70R24 (19.5LR24)
164A8
/
4,0
- Check the size of the tyres installed and the ply number
AXB 1489/UK
to ensure they are inflated
to the correct pressure.
- To ensure maximum efficiency do not use tyres with
more than 80% of tyre tread wear.
- ATTENTION -
TYRES
- ATTENTION UPON RECEIPT OF THE VEHICLE,
CHECK TYRE AIR PRESSURE.
- Check tyre pressure every 100 hours and every two weeks. Pressure should be checked when the tyres are cold.
- Before each use, verify that the sides of the tyres are not
damaged.
- ATTENTION TYRES THAT ARE TORN OR ARE EXCESSIVELY WORN
SHOULD BE REPLACED IMMEDIATELY.
- Keep all oils, grease and corrosive liquids far from the
tyres to prevent any damage to the rubber.
- Tyre pressure must be kept at the level indicated in the
table. The tyre pressure given corresponds to the recommendations of the manufacturer, and should therefore be respected as far as possible.
Inflating or working on tyres can be dangerous.
Whenever possible, have specialised personnel intervene on or install tyres. To prevent serious or mortal injury, follow the safety precautions described below.
- Vehicle tyres are very heavy. Handle with care and ensure that, once stored, they cannot fall and injure anyone.
- Never attempt to repair a tyre on a public road or motorway.
- Make sure that the car jack is positioned on a solid, flat
surface.
- Make sure that the jack is suitable to support the weight
of the vehicle.
- Use jack tripods or other locking devices suitable for
supporting the vehicle while repairing tyres.
- Never place any part of your body under the vehicle.
- Never start up the vehicle while it is on the jack.
- Never hit a tyre with a rim or hammer.
- Make sure that the rim is clean, and that there is no rust
or damage. Do not weld, braze, repair or use a damaged
rim in any way.
B/29
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
Replacing a tyre on the road
- When a tyre must replaced along the road, proceed as
follows:
If possible, park the vehicle on flat, even ground.
Engage the parking brake.
Switch off the engine.
Engage emergency lights.
Put wedges under tyres opposite from the tyre to be replaced
in order to block the vehicle from moving in both directions.
Loosen the bolts of the tyre to be replaced.
Place the jack under the half-box of the axle, as close as
possible to the tyre.
Lift the tyre until it comes off the ground; position
the safety support under the axle.
Completely unscrew the bolts from the tyre and remove them.
- ATTENTION WHEN MOUNTING A NEW OR REPAIRED TYRE, USE AN
ADAPTER FOR THE SPRING VALVE WITH A DISTANCE
MANOMETER WHICH ALLOWS THE OPERATOR TO
KEEP AWAY FROM THE TYRE DURING INFLATION.
USE A SAFETY FENCE SYSTEM.
- Do not inflate a tyre unless the rim is mounted on the vehicle or secured so that it will not move in the event that
the tyre or rim should suddenly break.
- Never inflate tyres in excess of the pressure indicated
by DIECI. If the heel does not settle on the rim when this
pressure level is reached, deflate the tyre and lubricate
with a soapy water solution, then inflate again. Do not
use oil or grease. Inflation exceeding the permitted level
on unsettled heels can cause heel or rim breakage with
an explosive force that can cause serious injury.
- PROHIBITION DO NOT MOUNT INFLATED TYRES WITH POLYURETHANE
FOAM UNLESS AUTHORISED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
- Do not re-inflate a tyre which has completely turned or
that is very deflated until it has been properly inspected
by a qualified technician.
- After having remounted the wheel, tighten the nuts
between the wheel and axles. Check that nuts are tightened each day until torque has stablised.
B/30
Remove the tyre with "push and pull" rotating movements.
Insert the new tyre on the hub.
Manually screw in bolts. Lubricate them with grease if
necessary. Tighten bolts securely with a torque wrench.
Remove the safety support and lower the telehandler
with the jack.
Re-tighten bolts to the tyre securely with a torque
wrench.
STORING DANGEROUS FLUIDS
- Handle fuels carefully; they are highly inflammable. If
fuel is ignited, there may be an explosion and/or fire.
- Beware of the fumes and vapours produced by chemical
products. Do not inhale.
- Do not inhale combustion fumes.
- ATTENTION All fuels, the majority of lubricants and some types of
antifreeze are inflammable.
- All inflammable fluids must be stored in special containers and the contents clearly indicated. The containers
must be airtight.
- ATTENTION All fluids must be stored out of reach of children and
unauthorised personnel.
- Different fluids must not be mixed together.
- ATTENTION All chemical products are generally toxic; avoid contact
with the skin and eyes by wearing suitable protective
clothing. Do not swallow.
- Ensure these chemical products are not dispersed in the
soil, sewers or surface water. If necessary, inform the
competent local authorities.
- In case of fire, use carbon dioxide, dry chemical powder,
foam, water mist, sand or earth. Use jets of water to cool
surfaces exposed to the fire.
- Ensure the storage containers do not leak inflammable
fluids (fuel, oil, grease, lubricants in general).
CONTACT WITH DANGEROUS FLUIDS
- Avoid contact with the skin or eyes.
- Wear appropriate protective clothing.
- In case of contact with the eyes, rinse immediately with
plenty of water for a few minutes holding the eyelids
open and then consult a doctor.
- In case of contact with the skin, wash the area carefully
with soap and water, remove any contaminated clothing,
and if the skin tends to be dry, apply a moisturising cream.
- In case of inhalation, leave the contaminated area and
reach a well-ventilated location. Consult a doctor in case
of respiratory problems.
- If swallowed, consult a doctor. Show the doctor the label
or the container. Do not provoke vomiting to avoid the
risk of inhaling the product through the respiratory tract.
- ATTENTION Store inflammable fluids in an especially reserved, well-ventilated storeroom, far from heat sources, sparks and flames.
Keep containers closed and indoors.
There must be no other substances inside the inflammable fluids storeroom (e.g. food).
- Always fill the tank in the open air.
B/31
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
DIESEL
RECOMMENDED FUEL SPECIFICATIONS
- Before handling fuel, filling the tank, etc., comply with
the following rules:
To ensure good performance, use a high quality fuel. The
recommended fuel specifications are given below.
Never mix other types of fuel with diesel, such as petrol
or alcohol.
- ATTENTION IT IS FORBIDDEN TO REFUEL WITH THE ENGINE
SWITCHED ON.
Clean the area around the fuel cap. Fill the fuel tank at
the end of every day to reduce condensation during the
work break.
Water and sediment must be removed before they reach
the engine.
Cetane number
Viscosity Density Sulphur Distillation 45 minimum.
2/4.5 centistokes at 40°C.
0.8201860 kg/litre at 15°C
Sulphur 0.20% in weight, maximum.
85% at 350°C.
Cetane number
The cetane number indicates the ignition capacity.
Fuel with a lower cetane number may cause ignition problems when the engine is cold and could affect combustion.
Do not use antifreeze to remove water from the diesel fuel.
Do not rely on the filter to remove water from the diesel fuel.
Never leave the fuel cap off and always lock. If you lose
the original cap, replace with an original spare part. Not
just any cap will fit.
Keep an eye on the fuel pump nozzle while filling the tank.
Viscosity
The viscosity value indicates the flow resistance; engine
performance can be affected if the viscosity value is not within the limits.
Density
A lower density reduces engine power, higher density
increases engine power and the smokiness of the exhaust fumes.
Sulphur
A high sulphur level wears out the engine and creates pollution.
Distillation
- ATTENTION DO NOT SMOKE DURING THE AFORESAID OPERATIONS.
Distillation indicates the mixture of different hydrocarbons in
the fuel. A high proportion of light hydrocarbons might affect
the combustion specifications.
Do not use a flame to inspect the fuel tank.
Do not fill the tank completely. Leave room for the fuel to
expand and immediately clean any spillage.
Before carrying out any welds on the tank or any components
in close contact with the tank, ensure there is no fuel inside.
If there are any fuel leaks due to breakages, stop the leak
as soon as possible and contact a DIECI service centre.
- ATTENTION AVOID INHALING DIESEL VAPOURS; THEY ARE
CARCINOGENIC AND A HEALTH HAZARD.
B/32
Fuel for low temperatures
If the engine needs to be used at temperatures below 0°C,
special winter fuels can be used. These fuels have a lower
degree of viscosity and restrict the formation of paraffin in
the fuel. The formation of paraffin prevents the fuel from
passing through the filter.
CLEANING AND STORING DIESEL FUEL
It is essential the fuel is kept clean.
The advice given below will help to maintain the quality of
the fuel.
6. Fuel barrels (see the figure below) must be stored under
cover to prevent water seepage. The barrels should also
be tilted slightly, to allow any water to drain off the upper
rim. The fuel barrels must not be stored for too long before being used.
1. Never use zinc containers.
2. Never clean the inside of fuel containers or fuel system
components with cloths that may leave deposits.
3. The capacity of the fuel storage tank must ensure that
the intervals between one refuelling and the next are not
too long. A capacity of 3,000 litres is sufficient for an average sized company.
4. The storage tank (see the figure below) must be covered
and placed on a support high enough to exploit the force
of gravity when refuelling the machine. A tank to collect
any spillage must be located below. It should also be
equipped with a manhole to allow access for cleaning.
7. If the barrels are kept in the open, the cap must be tightly
closed to prevent water seepage.
8. After refilling the fuel tank or barrels, it is advisable to
leave the fuel to stand for at least two hours so that any
water or impurities can deposit before the fuel is used.
5. The delivery tap must be larger at the bottom to trap any
deposits; it should also be equipped with a removable filter. The tank must be tilted by 40 mm per metre towards
the sediment drain plug.
B/33
Mod. Agri Farmer
ECOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS
Safety Regulations
WASTE DISPOSAL
- ATTENTION A few helpful recommendations are listed below. Find
out about the current standards and legislation in effect
in your country.
Ask suppliers of lubricating oils, fuels, antifreeze products, detergents, etc. for information on the effects of
these products on people and the environment and the
regulations to be observed when using, storing and disposing of them.
- Do not refill tanks using unsuitable jerry cans or pressurised refuelling systems as they can cause leaks and
loss of significant amounts of liquid.
- Modern lubricating oils contain additives.
Do not burn contaminated fuel oils and/or oils used in
conventional heating systems.
- Do not spill exhausted engine coolants, engine and
transmission lubricating oils, hydraulic oil, brake oil etc.
while pouring or draining them. Store safely until it is
time to dispose of them in compliance with current legislation or local regulations.
- Modern antifreeze fluids and their solutions (e.g.
antifreeze and other additives) should be replaced every
two years. Ensure they do not soak into the soil. They
must be collected and disposed of appropriately.
- Do not work directly on the air conditioning system (optional). Do not open the air conditioning system. It contains gas that must not be released into the atmosphere.
Contact your dealer or an expert who has the equipment
required to refill the system.
- Immediately repair any leak or fault in the cooling or engine hydraulic systems.
- Do not increase the pressure in a pressurised system,
the components may explode.
B/34
- Waste material should not be scattered in the environment but disposed of appropriately. Used lubricants,
batteries, greasy rags, brake pads, etc. must be handed
over to specialised companies authorised to dispose of
pollutant waste.
- Improper waste disposal is a threat to the environment.
Potentially hazardous waste includes lubricants, fuel,
coolant, filters and batteries.
- Do not dispose of waste on the ground, in sewers or waterbeds.
- Contact your local authority or waste collection centre for
information on how to recycle or dispose of waste properly.
B/35
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
CHECKING THE WIND SPEED
- Variations in wind speed can cause several inconveniences such as loss of machine stability, load oscillation, and
a reduction in visibility due to blowing dust, leaves, etc.
- Other unfavourable factors affecting machine use include:
Site location; the aerodynamic effect of buildings, trees
and other structures increase the wind speed.
The height of the extended boom; the higher the boom,
the higher the wind speed.
Load dimensions; the larger the area occupied by the
load, the more it is affected by the force of the wind.
- ATTENTION DIECI telehandlers can be used in wind speeds up to
45 Km/h equal to 12.5 m/s (no. 6 of the Beaufort scale)
measured at ground level.
- ATTENTION At a temperature of 10°C, in winds with a speed of 32
Km/h, the sensation of exposed body parts is a temperature of 0°C; the higher you are the higher the wind
speed and the colder you will feel.
- ATTENTION If there is a fresh breeze (fig. 1/B n. 5 in the Beaufort Scale), never
raise loads with a surface area greater than one square metre.
Below is a graph of the Beaufort scale (fig.1/B) to give an indication of the wind speed at which you can work and when
to suspend work if certain values are exceeded.
THE BEAUFORT WIND SCALE
No
(fig.1/B)
B/36
DESCRIPTION
CONDITIONS
SPEED m/s
0
Calm
Smoke rises vertically
0 - 0,2
1
Light air
Direction of wind shown by smoke drift
0,3 - 1,5
2
Light breeze
1,6 - 3
3
Gentle breeze
4
Moderate breeze
5
Fresh breeze
6
Strong breeze
7
Near gale
Wind felt on face; leaves rustle;
ordinary vanes moved by wind.
Leaves and small twigs in constant motion;
wind extends light flag
Raises dust and loose paper;
small branches are moved.
Small trees in leaf begin to sway;
crested wavelets form on inland waters.
Large branches in motion. Whistling heard in
overhead wires. Umbrella use becomes difficult
Whole trees in motion.
Effort needed to walk against the wind
8
Gale
Breaks twigs off trees; generally impedes progress.
17 - 21
9
Severe gale
Slight structural damage occurs
(chimney-pots and slates removed)
21 - 24
3-5
5-8
8 - 11
11 - 14
14 - 17
EVALUATE THE CONSISTENCY OF THE GROUND
The ground on which the telehandler is positioned must be
able to support the machine and its maximum load.
- ATTENTION If the ground under the telehandler collapses,
the machine may roll over.
- Comply with the following indications to avoid overturning the machine:
Type of ground,
geomorphologic
specifications
Allowed surface
pressure
Kg/cm2 N/mm2
Loose,
non-compacted ground
Generally not
solid, requires
special measures
Limey, peaty,
pasty ground
Coherent, soft ground
Ask your employer (works manager, construction assistant) if there may be any hidden cavities below the stabilisers (pipelines, wells, old cisterns, basement ceilings,
manure pits, etc.)
The operator must evaluate the consistency of the
ground, using the tables and graphs provided. In case
of doubt, consult the civil engineer present on the site
or seek the advice of an external engineer.
Depending on the type of ground and its geomorphologic
characteristics, the subsoil can only support a limited
quantity of stress. The table in fig.3/B indicates the allowed
surface pressure underneath the telehandler stabilisers.
On the basis of the “Maximum pressure exercised on the
ground by the stabiliser feet” Table (fig.2/B) and the data
extracted from the table in fig.3/B, “Allowed surface pressure on varying ground types”, it is possible to deduct the
necessary support surface (increased support bases).
Incoherent, well compacted
ground, sand, gravel
Coherent
ground
Solid
Semi solid
Hard
Rock, concrete, road surface
suitable for the transit of
heavy goods vehicles
2.0
0.2
1.0
2.0
4.0
0.1
0.2
0.4
Over 10.0
Over 1.0
(fig. 3/B) Allowed surface pressure on varying ground types
Maximum
load
bearing
capacity
Allowed surface pressure
Necessary support surface
- ATTENTION Always seek the advice of a civil engineer for the most
reliable and exact evaluation possible of the ground
where you intend to work and the dimensions of the
support plates.
(fig. 4/B) Dimension of the support surface compared
to the geomorphic characteristics of the ground
- ATTENTION On request, DIECI can provide enlarged base supports.
EXTENSION
(mt)
PRESSURE
(kg/cm)
7 mt
8 mt
9 mt
10 mt
11 mt
12 mt
13 mt
14 mt
16 mt
17 mt
10 kg/cm2
10 kg/cm2
10 kg/cm2
10 kg/cm2
10 kg/cm2
10 kg/cm2
10 kg/cm2
10 kg/cm2
10 kg/cm2
10 kg/cm2
Support surface specifications
Foot of the escarpment
Distance “a” from the foot of the escarpment must
adequate in terms of height "h" of the escarpment.
If the subsoil is good:
In case of doubt:
(fig. 2/B) “Maximum pressure exercised on the ground by the stabiliser feet” Table
(fig. 5/B) Machine positioned on an escarpment
B/37
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
SAFETY DEVICES
The vehicle is equipped with certain safety devices (Proximity, Micro-switches, and Load monitoring devices) which safeguard
its use from incorrect manoeuvres or from carelessness.
Safety device housing inside the cab
D
I
E F
C
H
A
(fig.7/B)
G
L
B
A
Seat micro switch (fig.7/B)
B
Hand grip micro switch
boom joystick (fig.7/B)
C
Machine functions selector key (fig.7/B)
D
Load monitoring system (fig.7/B)
I
E
Override key selector
anti-tipping device (fig.7/B)
L Spirit level (fig.7/B)
B/38
F
Alarm re-entry push button
anti-tipping device (plank) (fig.7/B)
G
Alarm re-entry push button
anti-tipping device (Joystick) (fig.7/B)
H
Parking brake (fig.7/B)
Mushroom-shaped emergency button (fig.7/B)
Vehicle safety device housing
Cab emergency exit (REAR cab window).
(fig.8/B,pos."1")
1
(fig.8/B)
Cab emergency exit (cab FRONT glass).
(fig.9/B, pos."1")
1
(fig.9/B)
Valve block in all hydraulic cylinders.
(fig.10/B - Pos."1")
1
(fig.10/B)
1
B/39
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
Boom support spacer.
(fig.11/B - Pos."1", fig.12/B)
- ATTENTION The boom support spacer must only be used during routine
maintenance operations.
When carrying out maintenance work on the boom raising cylinder or on the related block valve, the boom must be supported
by a suitable raising mechanism (Minimum capacity 3 tons).
1
(fig.11/B)
- ATTENTION To insert the spacer, proceed as follows:
- Completely close the boom extensions
(fig.11/B)
- Raise the boom the minimum height necessary to mount
the spacer to the rod;
- Lock the spacer (fig.12/B - Pos."1") with the relevant hooks (fig.12/B - Pos."2")
2
1
(fig.12/B)
B/40
2
DRIVER’S CAB
(fig.13/B Pos.”1”)
All vehicles are equipped with a driver cab that also acts as
a safety cell for the operator.
1
- ATTENTION THE CAB IS A SAFETY COMPONENT AND THEREFORE MUST ALWAYS BE KEPT ACCORDING TO PROPER
CONDITIONS FOR USE.
- PROHIBITION IT IS PROHIBITED to modify,
perforate or alter the cab structure in any way.
If the cab is tampered with the guarantee is automatically
voided and the manufacturer is relieved of all liability.
DO NOT weld or mechanically connect components to
the cab’s chassis.
In case you need to replace attachment bolts, only use
elements of the same class of resistance.
(fig.13/B)
Never connect chains or ropes to the cab for towing purposes.
In the event of vehicle overturning, do not attempt to exit
from the cab during the accident.
- ATTENTION REMAIN INSIDE THE CAB WITH SEAT-BELT
FASTENED FOR BEST PROTECTION.
ROPS-FOPS CAB
(fig.13/B - Pos. "1")
The vehicle is equipped with a ROPS and FOPS-approved
cab. The operator is therefore protected against overturning
and falling objects, as prescribed for traxcavators. During use,
it is compulsory the use of safety seat belts to prevent the
driver's impact with the cab inner structures. The rear window
may be used as emergency exit. Opening the window completely during use of the vehicle IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED,
due to possible shearing hazards between boom and chassis
- ATTENTION IF THE CAB SHOWS VISUAL DAMAGE, IT MUST BE REPLACED; CONTACT AN AUTHORISED SERVICE CENTRE OR AUTHORISED WORKSHOP OF DIECI.
B/41
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
LOAD TABLES
- ATTENTION CHECK THE LOAD TABLES FOR YOUR VEHICLE IN CHAPTER "G”, TECHNICAL SHEETS
The Safe Working Load (SWL) of these vehicles depends on the extension and angle of the boom.
This vehicle is equipped with an anti-tipping device.
For further information on the safe load indicator see the relevant paragraph (in chapter "C" Getting to Know Your Vehicle,
Anti-tipping device").
The load table located inside the cab illustrates the safe working capacities in relation to the various positions of the boom.
The boom extension is marked by letters: "A" "B" "C" "D", etc.
The load table illustrates the maximum height and extension achievable without exceeding the safe load. The telehandler is also
equipped with its own load table. The load table is calculated with standard forks.
When certain attachments are fitted on the vehicle the further Load Tables are supplied.
The load table indicated is for reference purposes only.
Before lifting or positioning modes, consult the relative tables in the book at the side of the steering wheel, or consult chapter "h"
(vehicle technical sheets) in this manual.
- ATTENTION The limits given in the load Tables refer to the vehicle at a halt. Do not lift or extend the boom when the vehicle is in motion. Retract the boom completely and lower it as far as possible before moving the vehicle with a load.
Check which boom attachment has been mounted on the vehicle and then consult the relevant load table.
USING THE LOAD TABLES AND BOOM INDICATORS
- ATTENTION For your safety and the safety of the vehicle, follow information described below.
- ATTENTION The limits indicated in the load tables refer to the stopped vehicle on wheels or outriggers
(if present) on levelled, solid ground.
Do not lift or extend the boom when the vehicle is in motion.
Retract the boom completely and lower it as far as possible before moving the vehicle with a load.
Check which boom attachment has been mounted on the vehicle and then consult the relevant load table.
Before proceeding to lift or put down a load, it is essential that you know how much it weighs.
Make sure the centre of gravity of the load does not exceed 500 mm measured from the heels of the forks.
- ATTENTION The centre of gravity of the load may not necessarily be at the centre, you have to therefore work out its position.
B/42
When the weight to be handled is known, consult the load table (chapter “G“ vehicle technical sheets ) and identify the section
indicating the weight immediately above.
Example:
in the load table given as an example (fig.15/B), the weight of the load is 0.6 tons; go to the section with the 0.7 tons. (fig.15/B Pos.“A“).
The left-hand border (fig.15/B Pos.“B“) and the upper border (fig.15/B Pos.“C“) of this segment indicate the stability limits of the
vehicle relative to the considered load. Do not slant or extend the boom beyond the indicated limits. (fig.15/B Pos.“B-C“).
After insertion of forks from under the load and before lifting them, check indicator
values of boom angle (fig.16/B Pos.“1“) and extension (fig.17/B Pos.“1“).
1
C
(fig.16/B)
B
1
A
(fig.15/B)
(fig.17/B)
As seen on the table, the lines start from the graduated scale for the angling and extension of the boom and cross the section
of the table. Check where the relevant lines for the parameters considered cross. If the cross point is within the maximum load
section or to the right (known load weight), the load is within the safety limits.
If the lines cross above or to the left of the section, do not make any attempt to lift the load. Retract the boom.
If, even with the boom completely retracted, the angular and extension values of the boom intersect outside of the maximum
load section, do not attempt to lift the load.
When the load is on the forks, retract the boom before lifting or lowering it. This will reduce the risk of the vehicle becoming unstable.
When the load is raised (for example, on a scaffolding) it should be let go (raise it) before retracting the boom completely.
Before depositing a load, check the load table to determine the maximum distance of the vehicle from the point of unloading.
It should be possible to deposit the load without intersecting the limits indicated to the left or above the maximum load section.
B/43
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
Note-book with essential data
(Fig.18/B - Pos."1")
1
- A : cover page
- B : gear change page
- C : tyre inflation pressure page
- D : main safety regulation page
- E : driving on roads page
- F : symbol key (front)
(fig.18/B)
- G : symbol key (back)
- H : load charts
- ATTENTION Tables illustrated are only an indication and may not correspond to those found inside the note pad in the cab.
3
A : cover
MISURA PNEUMATICO
TYRES DIMENSIONS
DIMENSION DES PNEUS
DIMENSION DE LOS NEUMATICOS
REIFENMASS
CARATTERISTICHE
DETAILS
CARATTERISTIQUES
CARACTERISTICAS
EIGENSHAFTEN
BAR
10,5-18
10PR
3,75
12,5 -18
10PR
3,0
12,5-18
12PR
3,0
12,5-20
12PR
3,5
18-19,5
16PR
4,5
16/70-20
14PR
3,5
18-22,5
16PR
4,5
405/70-20 (16/70-20)
14PR
3,5
405/70R20 (16/70R20)
152J
6,0
405/70-24 (16/70-24)
14PR
4,0
405/70R24 (16/70R24)
152J
5,0
445/65-22,5 (18-22,5)
163A8 (16PR)
4,5
445/65R22,5
168A8
445/65R22,5
169F
8,0
14.00-24
16PR
3,75
17.5LR24
16PR
4,0
8,5
B : speed selection
C : tyre inflation pressure
LEGENDA SIMBOLI
SYMBOLS KEY
LÉGENDES SYMBOLES
LEYENDA SÍMBOLOS
ZEICHENERKLÄRUNG
LEGENDA SIMBOLI
SYMBOLS KEY
LÉGENDES SYMBOLES
LEYENDA SÍMBOLOS
ZEICHENERKLÄRUNG
Stabilizzatori abbassati
Stabilizzatori alzati
Prolunga a traliccio (Misure)
Braccetto con gancio (Misure)
Stabilizers lowered
Stabilizers raised
Jib (Measurements)
Jib (Measurements)
Stabilisateurs abaissés
Stabilisateurs relevés
Potence (Dimensions)
Potence (Dimensions)
Estabilizadores bajados
Estabilizadores subidos
Plumin (Medidas)
Plumin (Medidas)
Abgesenkte Stabilisatoren
Angehobene Stabilisatoren
Gittermastverlängerung (Maße)
Gittermastverlängerung (Maße)
In Rotazione continua
In Rotazione non continua
Cestello Trilaterale fisso
Cestello Frontale fisso
Continuous rotation
Non-continuous rotation
Three-sided fixed basket
Front fixed basket
En rotation continue
En rotation non continue
Nacelle Trilatérale Fixe
En Rotación continua
En Rotación no continua
Cesta Trilateral Fija
Bei kontinuierlicher Drehung
bei nicht kontinuierlicher Drehung
Dreiseitiger Arbeitskorb, fest
Posizione frontale
Front position
Position frontale
Posición frontal
Frontale Position
Vietato lavorare su pneumatici
Do not work on tyres
Interdiction de travailler sur pneumatiques
Prohibido trabajar con la máquina apoyada sólo en los neumáticos
Das Ausführen von Arbeiten auf Reifen ist verboten
Divieto di manovra con macchina non livellata
Do not manoeuvre if the machine is not level
Manœuvres interdites quand la machine n'est pas nivelée
Prohibido maniobrar con la máquina no nivelada
Die Maschine darf nur nachAusgleichung der Bodenunebenheiten bewegt werden
D : main safety regulations
Nacelle Frontale Fixe
Cesta Frontal Fija
Frontaler Arbeitskorb, fest
Cestello Trilaterale Estensibile
Cestello Frontale Estensibile
Extendable three-sided basket
Extendable front Basket
NacelleTrilatérale Extensible
Nacelle Frontale Extensible
Cesta Trilateral Extensible
Cesta Frontal Extensible
Dreiseitiger Arbeitskorb, ausziehbar
Frontaler Arbeitskorb, ausziehbar
Argano (Portata)
Gancio per piastra portaforche
Winch (Capacity)
Fork-carrying plate hook
Treuil (Capacitè)
Crochet pour plaque porte-fourches
Cabrestante (Capacidad)
Gancho para placa portahorquillas
Winde (Kapazität)
Haken für Gabelträgerplatte
Posacentine
Centering handlers
Pose - charpente
Coloca - cimbras
Bogenausbau
Pressione massima esercitabile sul terreno
Maximum admitted force on the ground
Pression maximum à exercer au sol
Presión máxima aplicable sobre el suelo
Max. auf den Untergrund auszuübender Druck
AXB 1367
E : road travel
B/44
F : symbol key
AXB 1367
G : symbol key (back)
H : load chart
B/45
Mod. Agri Farmer
LOAD HANDLING
Picking a load up from the ground
1. Slowly approach the load to be lifted with the boom completely retracted and the forks horizontally positioned at
the height of the lifting position.
Keep forks raised just enough to avoid contact with the
ground.
2. Bring forks under load to be lifted until contact is made
with the fork holding plate. Engage the parking brake
and move the gear selector to neutral.
3. Slightly lift up the load and tilt the fork holding plate backwards, bringing it to the transport position.
- ATTENTION Always respect the load's centre of gravity, slant the
forks just enough to ensure stability and prevent
load loss during braking.
- ATTENTION Never transport a load with the boom
raised and/or extended
B/46
Safety Regulations
Lifting loads from high up
1. Ensure the forks can be easily inserted under the load.
2. Slowly and cautiously drive the machine perpendicularly
towards the load with horizontal forks.
3. Always remember to maintain the distance necessary to insert the forks under the load between the pile and the machine. Extend the boom over the shortest possible length.
4. After inserting the forks under the load so that contact is
made with the fork holder plate, engage the parking brake and shift the gear selector to neutral.
5. Raise the load slightly and tilt the fork holder plate backwards into the carrying position.
6. If possible, lower the load without moving the machine.
Raise the boom to distance the load, then retract the
extensions and position the load in the carrying position.
7. If it is not possible to reverse the machine very slowly
and with the utmost care, after adequately distancing the
load, retract the extensions and lower the boom to position the load in the carrying position.
- ATTENTION Always comply with the centre of gravity of the load,
tilt the forks enough to ensure stability and to avoid
dropping the load when braking.
- PROHIBITION IT IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN TO PICK UP A LOAD IF
THE MACHINE IS NOT LEVEL.
- ATTENTION Never carry loads while the boom is raised and/or
extended.
B/47
Mod. Agri Farmer
Placing loads in high places
1. Place the load in the carrying position in front of the pile.
2. Raise and extend the boom until the load is above the
pile. If necessary, advance the machine towards the pile
very slowly and with the utmost care.
3. Engage the parking brake and shift the gear selector to neutral,
4. Position the load horizontally and place on top of the pile, lower and retract the extensions to position the load correctly.
5. Release the forks by alternately retracting the extensions
and raising the boom; if possible reverse the machine
very slowly and with the utmost care.
- ATTENTION Always comply with the centre of gravity of the load,
tilt the forks enough to ensure stability and to avoid
dropping the load when braking.
- PROHIBITION IT IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN TO PICK UP A LOAD IF
THE MACHINE IS NOT LEVEL.
- ATTENTION Never carry loads while the boom is raised and/or
extended.
B/48
Safety Regulations
Picking up round-shaped loads
- Tilt the forks forward and detract the telescopic boom. At
the same time, place the forks under the load, and turn
the fork holding plate backwards in order to slide the
load. If necessary, secure the load with wedges.
- ATTENTION Always respect the load's centre of gravity, slant the
forks just enough to ensure stability and prevent
load loss during braking.
- ATTENTION Never transport a load with the boom
raised and/or extended
B/49
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
SAFETY STICKERS
Safety stickers have been applied to the machine in the indicated positions. The aim of the safety stickers is to provide a guide
for your and others’ safety. Before using the machine, check the contents and position of the stickers by walking around the machine with this manual in your hands. Re-examine the stickers with every operator who is to use the machine.
- Ensure you fully acknowledge where they are located and understand their contents.
- To ensure the stickers are easy to read and comprehend, check they are in the correct position and that they are always
kept clean. IT IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN to clean the signs on the machine with solvents or petrol; the stickers may become unstuck. Additional stickers to the warning and safety stickers must always be treated in the same way.
- If the stickers deteriorate, become damaged or are lost, replace them because they must be legible and understood correctly. Orders for stickers must be placed using the same process as for spare parts (ensure you include the model and
serial number of the machine when you place your order).
- In case of doubt, please consult your agent or dealer.
AXA1764
AXA2041
AXA1803
AXA1500
AXA1764
AXA1425
AXA1492
AXA 1492
DEXTRON 2
AXA1499
AXA1773
AXA1506
AXA 1506
AXA1437
AXA2042
AXA1163
AXA1163
B/50
AXA1431 AXA1515
AXA1514
AXA1438
AXA1439 AXA1435
AXA1441 AXA1440 AXA1431
AXA1493
AXA1493
AXA1438
OLIO CAMBIO E PONTI
AGIP
BAR 4,5
AXA1428
Sigma Turbo 15w40
Arnica 46
CASTROL
CHEVRON
Rotra MP/S 85w90
Hypoy LS 90
ATF II D
TQ-D
Antifreeze
Antifreeze
Grease MU EP 2
Turbomax SHPDO
Hydraulic Lift 46
Delo 400 Multigrade
15w40
Rando HD Z 46
Supreme LS gear
Lubricant
ATF II D
Antifreeze-Coolant
ERG
TD 401 15w40
Hydro 46 HVI
Gear LSD 75w90
ATF Universal
Fluido per Radiatori
concentrato
Exxon-Mobil
Delvac MX 15w40
Univis N 46
Mobilube 85w90 LS
ATF 220
Antifreeze
Mobilux Ep 2
Athesia Grease EP 2
Spheerol APT 2
Tarus Turbo 15w40
Hydrus H.I. 46
Pontiac LS 85w90
Trasmission Fluid DX
Antifreeze
Super Truck 15w40 LD
HVLP 46
Fluid Gear LSD 75w90
ATF Universal
Antifreeze
EPX Grease 2
Q8
T 700 SAE 15w40
Handel 46
T 65 LS 75w90
Auto 14
Antifreeze
Rembrandt EP 2
SHELL
Rimula R3 15w40
Tellus T 46
Spirax LS 90
Antifreeze
Retinax EP 2
REPSOL
HVLP 46
Cartago Autoblocante
EP
Matic ATF
Respol Blu Concentrato
Grasa Litica EP 2
TEXACO
Diesel Turbo THPD
15w40
Dolomiti Super HD
15w40
Ursa Super Premium
TDX 15W40
TOTAL
Rubia Tir 6400
ROLOIL
LI 46 HIV
Rando HD Z 46
Equivis ZS 46
Trasmission X4
BAR 4,5
Dura-Lith EP 2
Grease MP EP 2
IP
OROIL
Hydromatic DX
Rol Fluid
Litex EP 2
Dextron II
Antifreeze-Coolant
Multifak EP 2
Fluide ATX
Antifreeze
Multis EP 2
AXA1428
AXA1459
AXA1432
AXA1432
AXA1498
AXA1433
AXA1431
AXA1436
AXA1493
BAR 4,5
BAR 4,5
103
AXA1428
AXA1432
AXA1431
AXA1427
AXA1844
AXA1428
AXA1434
AXA1432
B/51
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
safety stickers and their location
Located in the cab on the right hand side window
(fig.28/B):
- DANGER (1)
Keep all persons at a safe distance from the vehicle when
starting loading operations.
- DANGER (2)
When carrying out maintenance work, block all hydraulic
cylinders using safety locks.
(fig.28/B)
1
2
3
4
5
6
- DANGER (3)
Keep all persons at a safe distance.
- DANGER (4)
Do not open or remove the safety panels while the engine is
running.
- DANGER (5)
Wait until all moving parts have come to a halt.
- DANGER (6)
Switch off the engine and remove the key before starting
maintenance work.
- DANGER (7)
Check the work zone and keep far away from power supplies.
On the engine compartment radiator(fig.29/B)
- DANGER (8)
Steam and hot water under high pressure. Protect the face.
Remove the cap with due caution.
On the side of the intercooler radiator (fig.30/B)
- DANGER (9)
Risk of burns.
(fig.29/B)
8
(fig.30/B)
9 - 10
- DANGER (10)
Keep all persons at a safe distance.
On the side of the intercooler radiator (fig.31/B)
- DANGER (11)
Do not open or remove the safety panels while the engine is
running.
- DANGER (12)
Wait until all moving parts have come to a halt.
On the side of the intercooler radiator (fig.32/B)
- DANGER (13)
Do not open; wait until all moving parts have come to a stop.
B/52
(fig.31B)
11 - 12 (fig.32/B)
13
7
Stickers for use and maintenance
On the rear window (fig.34/B)
Indicates the direction of clip extraction hindering total opening of the window
On the rear window (fig.35/B)
(fig.34/B)
(fig.35/B)
Indicates the emergency exit
Under the steering wheel (fig.36/B)
AXA 1492
Indicates the obligation to fasten seat-belts when using the vehicle.
DEXTRON 2
On the side of the brake oil tank (fig.37/B)
Indicates the type of oil used in the brake system.
AXA 1506
(fig.36/B)
(fig.37/B)
(fig.38/B)
(fig.39/B)
(fig.40/B)
(fig.41/B)
(fig.42/B)
(fig.43/B)
On the chassis (fig.38/B)
Shows the 4 places where the vehicle can be anchored if it
should need to be lifted.
Under the chassis (fig.39/B)
Shows the 4 places where the vehicle can be towed or anchored for transportation.
On the parts not to be stepped on (fig.40/B)
- DANGER
Keep off "danger of breakage".
On the fuel tank (fig.41/B)
Type of fuel to be used.
On the side of the hydraulic oil tank (fig.42/B)
Indicator for hydraulic oil level.
On the side of the hydraulic oil tank (fig.43/B)
Marks the cap to top up the hydraulic oil.
Outside the engine bonnet (fig.44/B)
BAR 4,5
On the 4 fenders (fig.45/B)
Indicates the recommended tyre pressure.
(fig.44/B)
(fig.45/B)
B/53
Mod. Agri Farmer
Safety Regulations
On the accumulators (fig. 46/B)
- DANGER
Depressurize the hydraulic system before carrying out maintenance work.
(fig. 46/B)
B/54
USER INSTRUCTIONS AND
GETTING TO KNOW THE VEHICLE
C
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/1
Mod. Agri Farmer
C/2
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
EveRY MODIFICATION MADe TO THe veHICLe LeADS TO A NeW
veRIFICATION OF CONFORMITY WITH THe 2006/42/EC MACHINeRY DIReCTIve THIS PROCeDuRe IS ALSO vALID IN THe CASe
OF RePAIRS WITH NON-ORIgINAL SPARe PARTS.
It is ProhiBited to oPerate iF this Manual has not Been read and
understood.
The oPerator is reQuired to learn the location and Function oF all
instruMents and controls, indePendent oF his or her eXPerience in
the Field, BeFore oPerating the vehicle.
The iMages, descriPtions, MeasureMents stated in this chaPter
reFer to standard vehicles.
All Functions and Procedures concerning the oPeration and
Mounting oF the vehicle’s attachMents that are not descriBed in
this Manual are strictlY ForBidden.
USE OF THE VEHICLE DIFFERENT TO THAT DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL IS
PROHIBITED.
It is MandatorY to have read and learned chaPter “B“ (SaFetY
Standards) BeFore reading chaPter “C” and using the vehicle.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/3
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
GENERAL WARNINGS
- ATTENTION
- ATTENTION
The operator must only operate vehicle and its commands
when properly seated in the driver’s seat.
- ATTENTION
The telescopic lift described in this manual cannot be used
in closed spaces or anywhere where there might be explosive gases. To operate in closed spaces, the Manufacturer
must be contacted so that the necessary modifications can
be made to the vehicle.
- ATTENTION
Working on a slope may be dangerous. The conditions of the
terrain may vary according to climatic conditions (e.g. rain,
snow, ice). Therefore, pay careful attention to the conditions of
the terrain on which the vehicle is being used; the use of low
speeds is recommended.
The vehicle should be used exclusively by competent, authorised personnel who have thoroughly read this manual
and have been adequately trained as reported in chapter B
“General warnings”. If the vehicle is to be used on roads, the
operator must have a valid, category B driver’s licence, or
higher in accordance with Italian law.
- ATTENTION
Do not use the vehicle if you are under the effect of alcohol,
drugs or if you have taken medication that may make you
drowsy or alter your reflexes.
- ATTENTION
Before operating the vehicle or before carrying out complicated or dangerous manoeuvres, it is essential that you
practice in an empty, unobstructed part of the site.
- ATTENTION
- ATTENTION
When transporting a load on a gradient, the load should be
kept up gradient with respect to the vehicle in order to increase
its stability. Before mounting ramps or trailers with the vehicle,
remove any mud, ice or oil which may cause accidents.
Clear, simple symbols are located near all controls for convenience purposes and to make them easier to understand
for the operator.
- ATTENTION
- ATTENTION
Proceed with due caution on loose, wet or muddy surfaces.
When diagonal steering has been selected, always proceed
at a low speed.
- ATTENTION
- ATTENTION
Lack of efficient or clear communication may cause serious
accidents. If you are working with others, make sure any
hand signals you intend to use are understood by everybody. Since work sites are often very noisy, do not exclusively rely on verbal communication.
For indications on the hand signals to use, refer to the following chapter
Should any potentially hazardous parts be damaged, stop
the vehicle immediately. Do not resume operation of the vehicle until the problem has been resolved.
- ATTENTION
Tyres which are over inflated or overheated may explode:
Follow the instructions provided in this manual for correct
tyre inflation. Do not weld or cut the rims; repair work should
only be carried out by a qualified tyre repair shop.
- PROHIBITED
It is ProhiBited to use the vehicle’s moveable hydraulic
parts to lift people, with exception of the uses for which the
vehicle is intended.
- ATTENTION
- ATTENTION
The boom should not be left raised for an extended period of
time. This may cause the displacement of boom extensions;
retract extensions at least once a day.
Before operating the moveable hydraulic parts of the vehicle,
ensure the surrounding area is clear.
C/4
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
HAND SIGNALS
Accessories to hand signals:
- The signaller must be easily identified by the operator.
- The signaller must wear or hold one or more adequate recognition elements, like:
jacket, helmet, sleeves, bracelets, signal paddles.
- The recognition elements are bright coloured, preferably one, and reserved exclusively for the signaller.
Start
Attention
Control
The two arms are open horizontally, the
palm of the hands forward
Stop
Interruption
End of movement
The right arm is stretched upwards, with
palm of right hand forward
End of operations
The two hands are joint at height of chest
Lift
The right arm, stretched upwards, with
palm of right hand forward, slowly makes a
circle
Lower
The right arm, stretched downwards, with
palm of right hand towards the body,
slowly makes a circle
Vertical distance
The hands indicate the distance
Move forward
Both arms are folded, the palms of the
hands backwards; the forearms make slow
movements towards the body
Move backwards
Both arms are folded, the palms of the
hands forward; the forearms make slow
movements away from the body
To the right compared
to signaller
The right arm, stretched horizontally, with
palm of right hand downwards, slowly
makes small movements towards
To the left compared to
signaller
The left arm, stretched horizontally, with
palm of right hand downwards, slowly
makes small movements towards
Horizontal distance
The hands indicate the distance
Danger Stop or
emergency stop
Both arms stretched upwards
Quick movement
The conventional signals used to indicate
movements are quickly made
Slow movement
The conventional signals used to indicate
movements are made very slowly
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/5
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
IDENTIFYING THE VEHICLE PARTS
Right side of vehicle
1
3
2
9
8
4
5
6
6
7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
7
Cab
Telescopic boom
Right rear view mirror
Right front light
Attachment holding plate
6. Epicycloidal reduction gear
7. Wheel
8. Engine bonnet
9. Right rear light
Left side of vehicle
1
10
9
2
8
4
7
3
3
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Cab
Left rear light
Epicycloidal reduction gear
Fuel tank
Wheel
C/6
6
5
6. cab steps
7. Attachment holding plate
8. Left front light
9. Telescopic boom
10. Left rear view mirror.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
1
3
5
2
6
9
4
15 16
14
10
11
8
12
13
7
19
20
21
17
18
Cab components
12. Door opening/closure handle
1. Upper roof.
2. Front windscreen wipers.
3. Front window
4. Rear window / emergency exit.
5. Rear windscreen wiper.
6. Revolving light outlet.
7. Cab door (external view)
8. External opening/closure handle
9. Upper door window.
13. Courtesy compartment
14. Spirit level
15. Boom movements joystick
16. Attachment control joystick (if present)
17. Ceiling lighting inside cab.
18. Steering selection lever
19. Seat
20. Windscreen washer liquid tank.
21. Technical documentation pocket
10. Cab internal ventilation intake
11. Cab door (internal view)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/7
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
GETTING IN AND OUT OF THE DRIVER’S CAB
Before entering the cab, make sure that your hands and shoes
are clean and dry to prevent slipping and falling. Only use the
handles provided (fig.1/C Pos.”1”, “2”, “3”,”4”) to climb into the
cab; do not use controls or steering wheel located on the inside. Always face the cab when getting in or out of the vehicle.
1
2
- ATTENTION
Only get in and out of the cab when the vehicle is stopped
and the parking brake is engaged. Do not carry out maintenance on a moving vehicle.
3
4
Door oPening controls
(fig.1/C)
The cab door is equipped with an external locking handle
(fig.2/C Pos.”1”).
To open the door:
- Insert the key into the lock (fig.2/C Pos.”2”) and turn clockwise/counter-clockwise to engage/disengage the lock.
- Pull the handle (fig.2/C Pos.”3”) toward you to unhook the
door with the lock disengaged.
NOTE:
The door will not open if the door handle is pushed when the
lock is engaged.
1
- PROHIBITION Operating the vehicle with the cab door
open IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
INTERNAL DOOR OPENING CONTROLS
2
(fig.2/C)
3
- Press the button on the handle to release the door
(fig.2/C Pos.”4”).
- Push the door outwards to complete opening.
- Accompany the door with hand when opening.
- ATTENTION
Before pushing the door outward, make sure that the surrounding area is free of obstacles.
Accompany the door with hand when opening.
C/8
4
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
OPENING THE DOOR WINDOW
(fig.3/C Pos.”1”)
- Press the selector switch in “A” (fig.3/C) to lower the glass.
A
- Press the selector switch in “B” (fig.3/C) to raise the glass.
- ATTENTION
Before opening or closing the window, verify that the surrounding area is free of obstacles.
1
B
- ATTENTION
Before closing the window, make sure there are no
objects or limbs in a position that can be crushed
by this action.
(fig.3/C)
REAR WINDOW
(fig.4/C Pos.”1” )
- To open, pull the handle (fig.4/C Pos.”2”) and push the
window outwards.
The window will remain in the open position by the handle itself.
1
- ATTENTION
In the event the handle no longer blocks the window in the
open position, replace it as soon as possible; risk of crushing.
2
(fig.4/C)
UPPER ROOF
(fig.5/C Pos.”1” )
To open the roof, grip the handles (fig.5/C Pos.”2” and “3”)
and push them up using a circular motion (fig.5/C Pos.”4”).
The rotated handles will hold the window open. Do the opposite to close the roof.
2
4
- ATTENTION
In the event the handles should not hold the window open,
replace them as soon as possible; risk of crushing.
3
1
(fig.5/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/9
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Rear EMERGENCY EXIT
(Fig.6/C pos.”1”)
1
The emergency exit is identified and marked on the rear window.
- In case the window must be opened completely, slide
out the locking pin (fig.6 /C Pos.”2”) and push the window outward.
The pin must be kept in position as shown during normal
working operations.
- PROHIBITED
Opening the window completely during use of the vehicle IS
STRICTLY PROHIBITED, due to possible shearing hazards
between boom and chassis The rear window is found near
the telescopic boom.
2
(fig.6/C)
- ATTENTION
Pay attention when opening and/or removing windows
as they may chip or shatter, creating risk of injury to
the operator in the cab and to those in the surrounding
area. Take proper precautions and use accident prevention equipment (goggles, gloves, helmet, etc.).
MAX POWER 180W
(fig.8/C Pos.”1”)
- Power 12v 180w for direct current users
(battery chargers, cell phones, etc.).
- ATTENTION
Do not connect users with nominal voltage exceeding 12
volts and power consumption exceeding 180W.
Danger of damage to the electrical system.
1
(fig.8/C)
C/10
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION POCKET
(fig.9/C Pos.”1”)
Technical documents must be kept in their pocket (fig.9/C
Pos.”1”).
The use and maintenance manual and the parts catalogue
must always be available inside the vehicle for quick reference.
1
- ATTENTION
The User’s Manual and the parts catalogue are an integral
part of the vehicle and must remain with it even when it is
sold to a new owner. The manual must be carefully kept
aboard the vehicle for a quick reference and it must be written in the operator’s language. If the manual is creased, partially damaged or is not legible, replace it immediately.
(fig.9/C)
COURTESY COMPARTMENT
(fig.10/C Pos.”1”,”2”,”3”)
The courtesy compartment (fig.10/C Pos.”4”) is optional.
1
2
3
(fig.10/C)
4
Interior cab lighting
(fig.11/C Pos.”1”)
To switch the light on inside the cab, act on the ceiling light,
pressing one of the ends.
In the central position (neutral) the lighting is off.
1
(fig.11/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/11
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
STEERING WHEEL (adjustment)
(Fig.15/C)
To adjust the steering wheel:
- Turn lever “1” (fig.15/C) downwards to release movements (fig.16/C).
- Push the steering wheel forward or pull it back in order
to reach the desired position (fig.18/C).
- Push the steering wheel down or pull it up in order to
reach the desired height (fig.19/C).
1
- Turn handle (fig.17/C) upwards to lock the steering wheel in
its current position. Screw in with force to lock completely.
(fig.15/C)
- ATTENTION
The steering wheel is correctly adjusted when the operator,
with his/her back resting against the back of the seat, is able
to take hold of the furthest part of the steering wheel with
his/her elbows slightly bent.
(fig.16/C)
(fig.17/C)
(fig.18/C)
(fig.19/C)
C/12
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
SEAT BELTS
1
(fig.20/C)
To fasten seat-belts:
1. Slide the tab (1) into the buckle (2) (pic.”A”).
2
“A”
2. Make sure it has been clicked in properly, then fit the belt
around your body and adjust (pic.”B”).
- ATTENTION
The belt is correctly adjusted when it fits tightly around the
waist (fig.21/C).
“B”
To unfasten the seat-belt (tab. ”C”):
1. Press the red button (3) on the buckle (2).
2. Slide the tab out (1).
1
- ATTENTION
Drive the vehicle only with the seat belt properly fastened
and adjusted. Driving with the seat-belt unfastened, increases the risk of accidents.
2
“C”
3
- ATTENTION
(fig.20/C)
Do not use damaged or warn seat belts.
Do not use seat belts installed on vehicles that have been
involved in accidents. Worn, damaged or weak the seat belts
may break or give in during a collision, causing serious injury
to the operator.
(fig.21/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/13
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
SEAT
(fig.22/C)
DIECI supplies different seat models depending on client
requirements. The vehicle is equipped with a safety system
called “man in” which uses an electrical micro switch in the
driver’s seat. This micro switch is located inside the seat
cushion (fig.22/C Pos.”A”).
A
A
The engine can only be started if the operator is properly
seated in the driver’s seat and the forward/reverse lever is in
the neutral “N” position.
(fig.22/C)
Seat adjustment
(fig.23/C)
A
The seat can be adjusted to different positions:
A -Lock/unlock springing (horizontal/vertical) (fig.23/C).
B -Adjustment of pneumatic springs (optional) (fig.23/C).
C -Manual spring adjustment (optional) (fig.23/C).
D -Longitudinal seat positioning (fig.24/C).
E -Adjustment of backrest inclination (fig.24/C).
To unlock springs (horizontal/vertical) bring lever “A”
(fig.23/C) toward the front of the vehicle.
Bring lever “A” (fig.23/C) toward the rear of the vehicle
to lock springs.
- To adjust the pneumatic spring rate, pull pin “B” (fig.
23/C) to let out pressure and soften suspension.
Push pin ”B” (fig.23/C) to increase pressure and harden
suspension.
(fig.23/C)
C
- Manual adjustment of the spring rate is obtained by rotating lever “C” (fig. 23/C) toward the symbol “+” printed
on it to harden suspension.
Turn lever ”C” (fig.23/C) toward the symbol “-” printed on
it to soften suspension.
- For longitudinal seat adjustment, move lever “D”
(fig.24/C) toward the left side of the vehicle by sliding
along the runners.
Release the lever when the desired position has been
reached.
Move slightly in order to make sure that the locking pin
is positioned correctly in its housing.
C/14
B
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
- To adjust backrest inclination, move lever “E” (fig.24/C)
and push back on the backrest. The backrest will automatically adapt to the Operator’s body.
- ATTENTION
The seat has been correctly positioned when the operator is
able to push the brake pedal completely down with his/her
back firmly against the backrest.
D
E
(fig.24/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/15
Mod. Agri Farmer
C/16
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Getting to know the Parts inside the caB
(fig.26/C)
11
14
17
1
3
12
13
5
4
8
9
7
6
10
15
16
2
(fig.26/C)
1. Dashboard with front air-vents
2. Dashboard with rear air-vents
3. Adjustable steering shaft
4. Left dashboard
5. Right dashboard
6. Upper dashboard
7. Lever dashboard/Joysticks
8. “INCHING” pedal
9. Brake pedal
10. Accelerator pedal
11. Steering wheel
12. Gear lever
13. Multi-function lever
14. Central dashboard
15. Seat
16. Right rear dashboard
17. Roof dashboard
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/17
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
CENTRAL DASHBOARD - INDICATOR LIGHTS
(fig.27/C)
(fig.27/C)
Full beam headlights indicator light
(Blue)
Wheels alignment indicator consent
(Yellow)
Direction indicator lights
(Green)
Rear axle alignment indicator consent
(Yellow)
Spark plug pre-heating indicator light
(Yellow)
Slow gear
(Yellow)
Air filter obstructed light
(Red)
Fast gear
(Yellow)
Hydrostatic oil filter indicator light
(Red)
Rear axle block engagement light
(Yellow)
Engine oil pressure indicator light
(Red)
Parking brake and low brake fluid level
indicator light
(Red)
Generator indicator light
(Red)
Drive oil temperature light.
(Red)
Insufficient pressure in the brake accumulator
indicator light
(Red)
Outriggers lowered correctly light
(Green)
Parking brake light - Parking brake
(Red)
Fuel level indicator instrument
General alarm indicator
(Red)
Water temperature indicator
A
Mechanical gear engaged indicator light
(Green)
Forward gear indicator light
(Green)
2
Fast speed engaged light
(Green)
Reverse gear indicator light
(Green)
C/18
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
CENTRAL DASHBOARD - INSTRUMENT USE
(fig.28/C)
(fig.28/C)
Engine water temperature instrument
Engine rev counter
Fuel level indicator
instrument
Engine rev counter
This instrument indicates the number of RPMs the engine is
carrying out in that moment.
Load monitoring
instrument
LCD
Load monitoring instrument
The device detects the stability of the vehicle.
Engine water temperature instrument
During normal use, the temperature hand moves from the
lower part of the instrument (right red mark), stopping when
having reached the first fourth of the scale. This is the optimal condition for engine operation. If the temperature should
rise excessively, almost reaching the maximum level (upper
red mark), stop the engine and verify the cause. When the
red indicator light switches on, the maximum temperature
alarm is signalled. Operate at low RPMs (max 1500) in order
to avoid damaging the cool engine. Avoid abrupt manoeuvres
and acceleration until the right red mark has been passed.
Fuel level indicator instrument
The instrument hand indicates the quantity of diesel present
in the tank at any given moment. The maximum quantity is
marked by the position of the hand on the left side. The hand
will move down progressively, passing over a red mark which
indicates minimum level (reserve), indicated by the same
yellow light. When the hand completely stops (right side limit
switch), the fuel tank is empty. To avoid damaging the engine,
always keep the pointer above the minimum level.
LCD
The LCD contains the clock, the hour meter displaying hours
of use of the vehicle, the vehicle toeing state “N” (neutral),1st,
2nd, 3rd, 4th gear engaged.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/19
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Left front dashboard (Standard and optional electrical switches, indicator lights and control levers)
(fig.29/C)
E6
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
(fig.29/C)
C1
Optional
(Available)
C2
Parking brakes switch
(Red)
C3
Light on switch
(Green)
C4
Optional
(Available)
C5
Gear change switch
(green)
E6
C/20
EMERGENCY BUTTON
(hydraulic plant and thermal motor switch off )
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Right dashboard (standard and optional electrical switches, indicator lights and control levers)
(fig.30/C)
C1
C3
C2
C5
C6
C4
S3
S1
S2
S4
(fig.30/C)
C1
Optional
(Available)
S1
Thermal motor starter key/selector
C2
Optional
(Available)
S2
Override key/selector
(Red Key)
C3
Optional
(Available)
S3
Anti-tipping device alarm re-entry push button
(Red Button)
C4
Optional
(Available)
S4
Vehicle functions selector/key (optional)
(Grey Key)
C5
Optional
(Available)
C6
Optional
(Available)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/21
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Upper dashboard (standard and optional electrical switches, indicator lights and control levers)
(fig.31/C)
(fig.31/C)
C1
Trailer Switch (optional)
(Green)
C2
Rear solenoid valve switch (optional)
(Green)
C3
PTO “Power take-off” switch (optional)
(Green)
C4
Optional
(Available)
C5
Boom head solenoid valve switch (optional)
(Blue)
C6
Boom suspension consent (optional)
(Green)
C7
Boom head 12v electric socket switch (optional)
(Blue)
C8
Fan inversion switch (optional)
(Green)
C/22
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Roof dashboard (standard and optional electrical switches, indicator lights and control levers)
(fig.32/C)
(fig.32/C)
C1
Front work lights switch (optional)
(Green)
C2
Revolving light switch
(Yellow)
C3
Boom head work lights switch (optional)
(Green)
C4
Rear work lights switch (optional)
(Green)
C5
Rear window windscreen wiper/washer
(Green)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/23
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Emergency button
(fig.33/C Pos.”1”)
The vehicle is equipped with an emergency stop device that
allows to avoid situations of imminent danger or danger in
progress.
By pressing the emergency button (fig.33/C Pos.”1”) the
thermal motor switches off and the vehicle stops.
The emergency stop device is released by turning the
“mushroom-head” clockwise. Turning the button authorises
machine re-start.
1
1
- ATTENTION The button must be used in the case of:
- Emergency, to switch the thermal motor off and the vehicle
in situations of imminent danger or danger in progress.
-Maintenance, for safety to prevent accidental ignition of
the vehicle during routine or extraordinary maintenance
interventions.
(fig.33/C)
- ATTENTION If the engine cannot be started, check that an emergency button has not been pressed (fig.33/C Pos.”1”). If
pressed, contact the Safety Manager to make sure there is
no maintenance in progress, malfunctioning of the vehicle or
dangerous situations.
C/24
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
IGNITION SWITCH
(fig.34/C)
The ignition switch, with the key, allows you to:
- Switch on the instruments.
- Switch on the diesel engine.
- Release the parking brake automatically with the diesel
engine in motion (fig.34/C Pos.”1”).
- Automatically engage the parking brake with the diesel
engine off (fig.34/C Pos.”0”). E
Conditions for start-up
Start-up can only occur if:
- The operator is correctly seated in the driver’s seat.
- The gear selector is in the “N”, or neutral, position.
Switching on instruments
Turn the key to position “1” (fig.374C) to power the electrical/
electronic instruments.
When the dashboard is switched on, a check will be carried
out on the instruments with all the indicator lights switched on
and emission of an acoustic signal.
(fig.34/C)
These will remain on until the engine is switched on:
- Battery indicator light
- Engine oil pressure indicator light
0
1
Other indicator lights may remain lit depending on the
functions activated.
2
When the engine is running, the indicator lights signalling
faults/malfunctions should go off and only those referring to
active functions should remain switched on. If this is not the
case, consult the “maintenance” chapter of this manual and
contact a DIECI service centre.
Start-up
- Turn the key to position “1” (fig.34/C) to power the instruments.
- Turn the key to position “2” (fig.34/C) and keep it there
for a few seconds in order to start-up.
- Once the engine has been started, release the key.
In the engine does not start within 5 seconds, try again at
regular 15 second intervals to avoid overloading the starter.
During the first few minutes of use, keep transfer and load
lifting speed low in order to heat up the engine and hydraulic
oil. Operate at low RPMs (max 1500), avoiding sharp manoeuvres and accelerations until the temperature has risen.
- ATTENTION
Bring the engine to a high number of RPMs before high
temperature and pressure can cause any serious damage to
the engine or the hydraulic system.
- ATTENTION
With the motor started, the automatic parking brake disengages. Before starting up the vehicle, always verify that the
parking brake has been manually engaged using its switch.
To release the parking brake when the engine is stopped,
refer to the paragraph, “towing the vehicle”.
- ATTENTION If the engine cannot be started, check that an emergency button has not been pressed (fig.34/C Pos.”E”). If
pressed, contact the Safety Manager to make sure there is
no maintenance in progress, malfunctioning of the vehicle or
dangerous situations.
If the engine does not start, consult the “maintenance”
chapter of this manual and contact a DIECI service centre.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/25
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
PEDALS
Accelerator pedal
(fig.35/C Pos.”1”)
Press down the accelerator pedal to increase engine RPMs
and release it to decrease RPMs. The pedal operates directly on the engine injection pump.
The maximum speed of the vehicle varies on inflation pressure variation, the measurement and wear of the tyres.
3
2
1
Service brake pedal
(fig.35/C Pos.”2”)
Press the service pedal to slow down or stop the vehicle.
The pedal operates directly on the service brakes inside the
differential axles. When the brake pedal is pushed, the rear
stop lights switch on. The lights remain switched on until the
pedal is released.
Periodically check that both lights are working.
(fig.35/C)
- ATTENTION
In the event of limited use of the pedal, periodically check
that it is working properly. Contact a DIeCI service centre in the event of a problem.
“INCHING” Pedal
(fig.35/C Pos.”3”)
The pedal allows for slow, precise movements forward even
when the engine is running at a high RPM. It acts directly on
the hydrostatic transmission.
The vehicle stops, remaining partially braked, when the pedal is fully pressed down.
- ATTENTION
Do not press the “inching” pedal at high speeds, the vehicle will brake sharply and the Diesel engine could go
into overrevving.
C/26
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
MULTI-FUNCTION LEVER
Direction indicators
- Pull the lever towards the rear of the machine to signal a
curve to the right
(fig.36/C Pos.”R”).
- Push the lever towards the front of the vehicle to signal
a turn to the left (fig.36/C Pos.”L”).
The indicators only function when the instruments are powered.
An indicator light on the central dashboard signals the
activation of the direction indicators.
Function buttons
L
- The middle button on the handle activates the front windscreen wipers (fig.37/C Pos.”2”).
- The button located at the far end of the handle activates
the Horn (fig.37C Pos.”3”).
1
D
C
Front windscreen wiper switch-on
Turning the knob “1” (fig. 36/C) the front windscreen wiper is
switched on.
The symbols on the knob (fig.36/C Pos.”C”) indicate, with an
arrow, (fig.36/C Pos.”D”) that the windscreen wiper is:
0 - Off
I - Slow
R
(fig.36/C)
II - Fast
2
Full beam headlights on
Full beam headlight (fig.37/C Pos.”C”) is activated.
3
- Pull lever up for individual flashes.
- Pull the lever down for continuous use.
E
(fig.37/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/27
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Forward / reverse gear selection lever
This lever (fig.38/C) allows to change direction. On the dashboard, the indicator lights that indicate the direction in which
the vehicle is travelling light up (fig. 39/C pos. “F-R”). If the indicator lights are switched off, the vehicle is in neutral. If the
lever is kept in the intermediate position, the gear is in neutral.
- ATTENTION
To engage the FORWARD/ REVERSE gear, move the lever
upwards. This movement protects the lever from accidental
manoeuvres.
- Moving the lever towards the front of the vehicle (fig. 38/C),
the FORWARD gear is engaged and the indicator light “F”
(fig.39/ C) lights up.
- Moving the lever towards the rear of the vehicle (fig.38/C) ,
the reverse gear is engaged and indicator light “R” (fig.39/
C) lights up. When the reverse gear is engaged, an acoustic alarm is triggered.
F
- ATTENTION -
1
Lever movements are not active when:
- The parking brake is engaged.
F
- The operator is not seated correctly in the driver’s seat.
- ATTENTION -
N
Load handling can be carried out only in “low” gear.
Procedure for changing direction:
- Reduce engine speed to a minimum and bring the vehicle
to a halt.
- Select the new direction.
R
2
R
(fig.38/C)
- ATTENTION
Direction reversal is not permitted at speeds exceeding 2 km/h.
If the forward/reverse gear selector is moved to a position other
than neutral when the parking brake is engaged, the transmission will not work.
F
R
(fig.39/C)
C/28
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
FAST/SLOW GEAR SWITCH
A
(fig.40/C Pos.”A-B”)
The two-speed mechanical selector is operated (fig.40/C
Pos.”1”) using the selector.
1
To change gears:
- Bring the vehicle to a complete stop,
- Press and hold down the “inching” pedal,
- Hold the switch downward (fig.40/C Pos.”B”)for a few
seconds to engage the FAST gear.
The indicator light (fig. 41/C Pos. “2”) signals engagement.
- Hold the switch upward (fig.40/C Pos.”A”)for a few seconds to engage the LOW gear.
The indicator light (fig. 41/C Pos. “1”) signals engagement.
B
(fig.40/C)
- ATTENTION
1
Insert SLOW gear to operate in the construction yard.
Insert the FAST gear for long transfers without a load, in
unobstructed places, with good visibility with flat land without
danger of pedestrian crossings.
2
- ATTENTION
Do not change gears when the vehicle is in motion.
- ATTENTION
Hold down the “inching” pedal until the selected gear’s corresponding indicator light switches on.
(fig.41/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/29
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
HYDRAULIC GEAR SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
(fig.42/C Pos.”1”)
1
The rotary function of the “forward/reverse” lever allows the
hydraulic gear change.
2
To change gears:
- Bring the vehicle to a complete stop,
- Press and hold down the “inching” pedal,
- Turn the lever “1”(fig.42/C) taking symbol “2” to the
arrow (fig.42/C Pos.”2”) to engage the FAST gear. The
indicator light (fig. 43/C Pos. “2”) signals engagement.
- Turn the lever “1”(fig.42/C) taking symbol “1” to the arrow
(fig.42/C Pos.”2”) to engage the SLOW gear. The indicator
light (fig. 43/C Pos. “2”) SWITCH-OFF signals engagement.
(fig.42/C)
- ATTENTION
1
The indicator light “1” (fig.43/C) signals that the mechanical
gear is engaged.
A
2
2
- ATTENTION
Insert SLOW gear to operate in the construction yard.
Insert the FAST gear for long transfers without a load, in
unobstructed places, with good visibility with flat land without
danger of pedestrian crossings.
- ATTENTION
Do not change gears when the vehicle is in motion.
- ATTENTION
(fig.43/C)
Hold down the “inching” pedal until the selected gear’s corresponding indicator light switches on.
C/30
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
PARKING BRAKE
The parking brake must be engaged whenever the operator
leaves the vehicle, whether the engine be switched off or on,
and even in the event of only momentary stops or any time
the vehicle is working at a halt with the outriggers lowered
(if present). The brake is automatically engaged when the
engine is switched off.
When switch “A” (fig.44/C) is pressed, the parking brake
is engaged. The indicator warning light on the push button
and the central dashboard (fig.45/C Pos.”1”) indicate proper
engagement of the parking brake. When the parking brake
is engaged, the vehicle cannot move and the hydrostatic
transmission is disengaged.
A
(fig.44/C)
To ensure the parking brake is working properly, contact a
DIECI authorised workshop.
- ATTENTION If the indicator light “2” switches on (fig.45/C) the parking
brake is blocked.
Do not advance with the vehicle.
Consult the “D Maintenance” chapter in this manual.
If the indicator light should remain on, contact a
DIeCI after-sales centre.
1
2
- ATTENTION
In the event the parking brake fails do not use the vehicle.
- ATTENTION
Unauthorised modifications of the rear axle ratio, the vehicle weight, or wheel and tyre dimensions may compromise
proper functioning of the parking brake.
(fig.45/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/31
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
SPIRIT LEVEL AND INCLINOMETER
(fig.46/C)
1
The spirit level (fig.46/C Pos.”1”) is situated in the centre of
the dashboard. Used to check the correct transversal levelling of the vehicle.
For safe operation, the air bubble must be in the centre; with
maximum approximation margin of 2° to the right or left.
The inclination exceeds 2° when the air bubble is completely
outside of the two margins “A” and “B” (fig.47/C).
The vehicle can mount two types of spirit level, standard
(fig.47/C) or optional (fig.48/C).
Reference grading is present in the optional level.
The inclination exceeds 2° when the air bubble is completely
outside of the two degrees (fig.48/C pos.”A”).
(fig.46/C)
- PROHIBITION it is ProhiBited to operate with transversal inclination exceeding 2°.
A B
(fig.47/C)
A
A
(fig.48/C)
C/32
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
BOOM CONTROL LEVER
(fig.49/C Pos.”1”)
This lever is found to the right of the operator (fig.49/C Pos.”1”)
. It is used to manoeuvre the boom and its extremities.
1
- ATTENTION
Before using the boom make sure that the surrounding area
is free. Make sure that the loads to be raised correspond
with the capacity diagrams of the vehicle.
- ATTENTION
The instructions refer to the standard version at the time of
printing. In there are special options or following technical
updates, lever movements may correspond to different controls. For this reason, always refer to instructions present
inside the driver’s cab.
(fig.49/C)
- ATTENTION
The Manufacturer offers a range of levers (Joysticks)
for boom movement with different technical specifications and those different than the standard version (see
following pages).
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/33
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Joystick 3 in 1 ON/OFF (Standard version)
(fig.50/C)
Before each manoeuvre, press and hold down the “man in”
control lever “A” (fig.50/C).
Boom manoeuvre:
- Pull joystick “B” (fig.50/C) backward to raise the boom.
- Push the lever “B”(fig.50/C) forward to lower the boom.
Raising
Descent
Boom extension:
- Push the lever “C”(fig.50/C) forward to extend the boom.
B2
B1
- Push the lever “C”(fig.50/C) backward to return the boom.
A
Swivelling support attachment:
- Move joystick “B” (fig.50/C) to the right side to swing the
support attachment downward.
1
- Move joystick “B” (fig.50/C) to the left side to swing the
support attachment upward.
NOTE:
With 3 in 1 distributor installed, the vehicle is equipped with
a second Joystick (fig.50/C pos.”A”) to control the services.
For use, consult the “Services control lever” paragraph.
om on
Bo tracti
Re
C
n
om
Bo ensio
t
Ex
C1
C2
Swivelling
upwards
Swivelling
downwards
D2
D1
1
(fig.50/C)
C/34
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Joystick 3 in 1 Proportional Extension (Standard
version)
(Fig.51/C)
Before each manoeuvre, press and hold down the “man in”
control lever “A” (fig.51/C).
Boom manoeuvre:
F
- Pull joystick “1” (fig.51/C) backward towards the letter “B2”
(fig.51/C), to raise the boom.
- Push joystick “1” (fig.51/C) forward towards the letter “B1”
(fig.51/C) to lower the boom.
Boom extension:
Raising
Descent
B1
B2
- Push the roller “C” (fig.51/C) forward towards the letter “C1”
to extend the boom.
A
- Push the roller “C” (fig.51/C) backward towards the letter
“C2” to retract the boom.
NOTE: the extension or retraction speed will be proportional
to the movement of roller “C” (fig.51/C).
1
Swivelling support attachment:
- Move joystick “1” (fig.51/C) right toward letter “D2” to swivel
the support attachment downward.
ALARM RE-ENTRY PUSH BUTTON:
(If present)
Press the button “F (fig.51C) to bring the load back to safe conditions in case of intervention of the guards. For the functioning
and use specifications, refer to chapter “C”, “Alarm re-entry
push button” paragraph.
C1
Boom
Retraction
NOTE: with 3 in 1 distributor installed, the vehicle is equipped
with a second Joystick (fig.51/C pos.”A”) to control the services.
For use, consult the “Services control lever” paragraph.
Boom
Extension
- Move joystick “1” (fig.51/C) left toward letter “D1” to swing
the support attachment upward.
C
C2
Swivelling
upwards
Swivelling
downwards
D2
D1
1
(fig.51/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/35
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
3 in 1 Joystick for basket
(Fig.52/C)
Before each manoeuvre, press and hold down the “man in”
control lever “A” (fig.52/C).
Boom manoeuvre:
- Pull joystick “B” (fig.52/C) backward to raise the boom.
- Push the lever “B”(fig.52/C) forward to lower the boom.
Raising
Descent
Boom extension:
- Push the lever “C”(fig.52/C) forward to extend the boom.
B2
B1
- Push the lever “C”(fig.52/C) backward to return the boom.
A
Swivelling support attachment:
- Move joystick “B” (fig.52/C) to the right side to swing the
support attachment downward.
1
- Move joystick “B” (fig.52/C) to the left side to swing the
support attachment upward.
NOTE:
With 3 in 1 distributor installed, the vehicle is equipped with
a second Joystick (fig.52/C pos.”A”) to control the services.
For use, consult the “Services control lever” paragraph.
om on
Bo tracti
Re
C
n
om
Bo ensio
t
Ex
C1
C2
Swivelling
upwards
Swivelling
downwards
D2
D1
1
(fig.52/C)
C/36
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Joystick 4 in 1 Extension
Proportional control
Proportional services
(Fig.53/C)
Before each manoeuvre, press and hold down the “man in”
control lever “A” (fig.53/C).
F
Boom manoeuvre:
- Pull joystick “1” (fig.53/C) backward towards the letter
“B2” (fig.53/C), to raise the boom.
- Push the joystick “1” (fig.53/C) forward towards the letter
“B1”(fig.53/C) to lower the boom.
Boom extension:
Raising
Descent
B1
B2
- Push the roller “C” (fig.53/C) forward towards the letter
“C1” to extend the boom.
A
- Push the roller “C” (fig.53/C) backward towards the letter
“C2” to retract the boom.
Note: the extension or retraction speed will be proportional to
the movement of roller “C” (fig.53/C).
1
Swivelling support attachment:
- Move joystick “1” (fig.53/C) right toward letter “D2” to
swivel the support attachment downward.
- Push roller “E” (fig.53/C) backward, towards letter “E2”,
for services.
NOTE: when an electro-hydraulic attachment is installed,
roller “E” is used to control service movements in accordance with the corresponding attachment manual.
The speed of the services movement will be proportional to
the movement of roller E”.
- ATTENTION
Before operating the vehicle, ensure that service roller “E”
is working properly.
Work in an area free of any obstacles to allow so that movements can be checked without risk of damaging things,
other people or animals.
Services
Boom
Extension
- Push roller “E” (fig.53/C) forward, towards letter “E1”, for
services.
E1
C1
Boom
Retraction
Service controls:
E
C
E2
C2
Swivelling
upwards
Services
- Move joystick “1” (fig.53/C) left toward letter “D1” to
swing the support attachment upward.
Swivelling
downwards
D2
D1
1
ALARM RE-ENTRY PUSH BUTTON:
(If present)
Press the button “F (fig.53/C) to bring the load back to safe conditions in case of intervention of the guards. For the functioning
and use specifications, refer to chapter “C”, “Alarm re-entry
push button” paragraph.
(fig.53/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/37
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Joystick 4 in 1 Extension
Proportional control
Proportional services
(Fig.54/C)
Before each manoeuvre, press and hold down the “man in”
control lever “A” (fig.54/C).
Boom manoeuvre:
Raising
F
- Pull joystick “1” (fig.54/C) backward towards the letter
“B2” (fig.54/C), to raise the boom.
B2
- Push joystick “1” (fig.54/C) forward towards the letter
“B1” (fig.54/C) to lower the boom.
A
Boom extension:
- Push the roller “C”(fig.54/C) forward towards the letter
“C1” to extend the boom.
- Push the roller “C” (fig.54/C) backward towards the letter
“C2” to retract the boom.
B1
Descent
Note: the extension or retraction speed will be proportional to
the movement of roller “C” (fig.54/C).
1
Swivelling support attachment:
- Move joystick “1” (fig.54/C) right toward letter “D2”, to
swivel the support attachment downward.
- Move joystick “1” (fig.54/C) left toward letter “D2”, to
swing the support attachment upward.
- Push roller “E” (fig.54/C) forward, towards letter “E1”, for
services.
- ATTENTION
E
C
E2
C2
Before operating the vehicle, ensure that service roller “E”
is working properly.
Work in an area free of any obstacles to allow so that
movements can be checked without risk of damaging
things, other people or animals.
Swivelling
upwards
Swivelling
downwards
D1
ALARM RE-ENTRY PUSH BUTTON:
(If present)
Services
Boom
Extension
NOTE: when an electro-hydraulic attachment is installed,
roller “E” is used to control service movements in accordance with the corresponding attachment manual.
The speed of the services will be proportional to the movement of roller “E”.
E1
C1
Boom
Retraction
- Push roller “E” (fig.54/C) backward, towards letter “E2”,
for services.
Services
Service controls:
D2
1
Press the button “F (fig.54C) to bring the load back to safe
conditions in case of intervention of the guards. For the
functioning and use specifications, refer to chapter “C”, “Alarm
re-entry push button” paragraph.
(fig.54/C)
C/38
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Service control lever
With 3 in 1 distributor installed, the vehicle is equipped with
a second Joystick (fig.55/C pos.”A”) to control the services.
To make movements:
- Grip the Joystick “A” (fig.55/C),
- Press and hold button “B” (fig.55/C)
- Move Joystick “A” to the right/left (fig.55/C).
- ATTENTION
Before operating the vehicle, ensure that Joystick “A”
(fig.62/C) is working properly. Work in an area free of any
obstacles to allow so that movements can be checked
without risk of damaging things, other people or animals.
(fig.55/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/39
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
ANTI-TIPPING DEVICE
2
The device detects the longitudinal stability conditions of the
vehicle, measuring the residual load weighing on the rear axis.
The device is made of:
- Longitudinal moment indicator.
- Alarm re-entry button.
- Override selector.
The device is always working.
The device is not intended for warning of the risk of overturning
in case of:
3
1
(fig.56/C)
- A sudden overload;
- When transporting/moving with loads lifted;
- Operation on rough grounds, with obstacles or holes.
- When moving on a gradient or near a slope;
- High speed on a straight road or a curve.
If the system malfunctions, the device blocks all telescopic
boom movements. Display “1” (fig.56/C) will show the error
code, general alarm light “2” (fig.56/C) will permanently switchon (see “Central Dashboard - Indicator Lights” paragraph) and
the buzzer will sound continuously. The error code will flash.
In these conditions the operator can return to clock display by
pressing left key “3” (fig.56/C). Once pressed, the panel will
stop sounding but the general alarm light will remain on for as
long as the error remains active By pressing the left key again,
the error will be displayed again, if still active. To identify the
anomaly search for the corresponding error code in the “Antitipping device errors” paragraph.
1
(fig.57/C)
With the device blocked it is possible to bring the load to safe
conditions by using the override selector “1” (fig.57/C) for use
specifications, refer to paragraph “Override selector”.
- ATTENTION With the device blocked, the override selector can only be
used to bring the load and the vehicle to safe conditions.
The operation can only be performed by qualified
personnel that has been authorised by the Safety Manager.
By pressing and holding button ““3” (fig.56/C),the instrument
performs a functioning test, repositioning itself on the
indication of the current state of the load.
Perform the test every 50h of vehicle use.
- ATTENTION
The test must be performed with vehicle at a standstill,
unloaded, on flat horizontal ground, parking brake engaged, boom closed and lowered.
A load test to verify efficiency of the device must be
carried out every 100 working hours, during routine
maintenance. This test can only be carried out by an authorised DIECI workshop.
C/40
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Longitudinal moment indicator
(fig.58/C)
The indicator has a scale of three colours that respectively
indicate:
- Green “A”(fig.58/C), normal working condition;
no acoustic signal.
B
A
C
- Yellow “B”(fig.58/C), no pre-alarm condition;
no acoustic signal.
- Red “C”(fig.58/C), tipping limit load;
intermittent acoustic alarm.
- Red “C1”(fig.58/C), tipping limit load, instrument full high scale;
continuous audible signal, light “1” (fig.59/C) general
alarm on.
C1
D
The state of the load is signalled by the indicator “D”
(fig.58/C), that turns from left to right upon the increasing of
the detected load.
The intermittent acoustic signal that intervenes, on reaching the red zone “E” (fig.59/C) of the instrument, can be
deactivated by pressing button “C”(fig.58/C). The acoustic
signal is automatically re-enabled on reaching the Red
“C1”(fig.58/C).
When the load limit is reached (fig.58/C Pos.”C1”), the device automatically blocks all vehicle movements.
(fig.58/C)
1
When the instruments are switched on, the device runs an
automatic test. All LEDs switch on, indicators move and an
audible signal is heard. If this is not the case, contact the
DIECI after-sales network immediately.
E
2
(fig.59/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/41
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Alarm re-entry button
(fig.60/C Pos.”1” - fig.61/C Pos.”1”)
The button can be positioned on the dashboard (fig.60/C
Pos.”1”) or on joystick (fig.61/C Pos.”1”) depending on the
vehicle models.
When the load limit is reached (fig.58/C Pos.”C1”), the device
automatically blocks all vehicle movements, activating the
alarm re-entry push button.
The alarm re-entry push button retracts the extension of the
telescopic boom, bring the vehicle to safe conditions. Once the
safe condition has been reached, the alarm will stop working,
the button is disabled and the joystick starts working. The
button must be kept pressed until it is automatically disabled.
1
(fig.60/C)
1
(fig.61/C)
C1
(fig.62/C)
C/42
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Override selector
- ATTENTION -
(fig.63/C Pos.”1”)
- ATTENTION -
These operations can only be performed
by qualified personnel that has been
authorised by the Safety Manager.
The override selector can only be used after having
attempted restoring the safe conditions by using the
Alarm re-entry push button.
With the indicator in position “C1” (fig.64/C), the override
selector (fig.63/C Pos.”1”), activates; the selector is the
spring type.
When the load limit is reached (fig.64/C Pos.”C1”), the device blocks all vehicle movements.
A
In these conditions it is possible return to safe conditions:
B
- Rotate the red key (fig.63/C Pos.”1”) to position “B”
(fig.63/C) and keep it in this position.
- Retract or raise the boom only bringing the boom back
to a safe position (see capacity diagram).
Do NOT lower or extend the boom as they are destabilising movements.
1
(fig.63/C)
- Once the safety zone has been reached, the alarm will
stop, the selector can be released.
- ATTENTION By turning the override selector (fig.63/C Pos.”1”)
to position “B” (fig.63/C) the anti-tipping systems
are deactivated. It is MandatorY to consult the
load diagram (found in the cab regarding use and
maintenance) before carrying out any manoeuvre. Using
the inclinometer and the letters on the boom, the exact
position of the boom can be determined. Do make any
pejorative movements in these conditions or vehicle
stability may be compromised causing overturning.
C1
The selector is a type of key that provides the Safety
Manager with the possibility of removing the key and not
allow anyone else to deactivate the anti-tipping system.
(fig.64/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/43
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
ANTI-TIPPING DEVICE CHECK
- ATTENTION IT IS COMPULSORY TO CHECK CORRECT FUNCTIONING
OF THE ANTI-TIPPING DEVICE BEFORE STARTING
WORK AGAIN.
2
To correctly check the device follow the operations:
- Press the left button for five seconds (fig. 13, pos. 1), all
instrumentation will perform a functioning test, by repositioning at indication of current status of the load.
- Ensure that work selection key (fig. 14, pos. 1) is positioned in Forks position.
1
(fig. A)
- Place the machine on tyres with the outrigger feet fully
lifted (if present), on flat and consistent soil.
- Using the forks load a weight above 300 kg or, however,
significant for the capacity of the machine.
- Lift the load for about 1 m from the ground.
- Slowly slip off the boom. During this manoeuvre monitor the Longitudinal Moment
indicator (Fig. 13, pos. 2). Once the end of the red area
is reached, the red general alarm warning light must
switch on with continuous acoustic signal, the extension
movement will be simultaneously blocked.
1
- Now check that all other boom movements are blocked.
- Check block happens in the point indicated in the capacity diagram in the notepad inside the cabin.
- If all works correctly, use the alarm retraction button to
re-enable the movements of the boom and start work.
(fig. B)
If outrigger feet are present on the machine, repeat the operations with the outrigger fully lowered but with a load above
500 kg or, however, significant for the capacity of the machine.
- DANGER IN CASE OF ANOMALIES TO THE SAFETY DEVICES,
INTERRUPT WORK UNTIL REPAIRED.
Every 100 hours of functioning, a test must be carried out during
routine maintenance with load to check the efficiency of the device.
This test can only be carried out by a DIECI authorised workshop.
C/44
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/45
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
VEHICLE FUNCTION SELECTOR
(fig.65/C pos.”1”)
The vehicle possesses a “vehicle functions selector” (fig.65/C
Pos.”1”) which must alwaYs be set on the attachment to be used.
The selection categories are:
• Shovel (shovel mode)
(fig.65/C Pos.”A” shovel symbol)
Other accessories:
Buckets, mixing buckets.
• Handling objects (fork lift mode)
(fig.65/C Pos.”B” forks symbol)
Other accessories:
Forks, ladles, material baskets.
• Handling objects (crane mode)
(fig.65/C Pos.”C” winch symbol)
(fig.65/C)
Other accessories:
plate with lifting hook, winches, hoists,
extension trestles, winches with extension trestles.
C
B
• Handling persons (elevation platform mode)
(fig.65/C Pos.”D” basket symbol)
D
A
Other accessories:
all man baskets.
The attachments applicable to the vehicles in question refer
to the DIECI price list.
Select the attachment by turning the key. The selector is a
type of key that provides the Safety Manager with the possibility of removing the key after having selected the tool, not
allowing anyone else to use the selector.
1
In Shovel mode with boom fully retracted, the anti-tipping device is automatically deactivated.
Should the boom be extended or be subsequently extended,
functioning will be the same as in forks mode.
In this mode:
A
- the instrument (fig.66/C Pos.”A”) is always functioning
regularly and indicates only the load state.
- With boom closed, the buzzer does not work to signal the
load state but starts working only to signal system errors.
(fig.66/C)
C/46
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
- DANGER If using an accessory different to those indicated as “other
accessories” when in “Shovel” mode, there is a danger of
overturning.
- ATTENTION
The selection of the “elevation platform mode” for lifting
persons excludes the possibility of selecting steering different
from that set.
- ATTENTION
only use of DIECI original attachments is allowed. DIECI
declines all responsibility for damage to the vehicle, people or
things in cases where original attachments have not been used.
- ATTENTION
Mounting attachments different that those approved by DIECI
is prohibited.
- PROHIBITION It is ProhiBited to use the vehicle with different
attachments from those selected using the “vehicle functions
selector”.
- ATTENTION the Basket can Be used FroM the caB BY setting
the “vehicle Function selector” on “Forks”
(Fig.65/C Pos.”B”) onlY to take the Basket to the
ground in the event the oPerator is Feeling
ill or has Been hurt.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/47
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Standard STEERING selector
(fig.68/C Pos.”1”)
By moving the lever (fig.68/C Pos.”1”) 3 types of steering are
obtained:
1
1 - Normal steering (fig.69/C Pos.”B”)
This type of steering allows for front steering only.
To activate front steering, move lever “1” (fig.68/C) to position “B” (fig.69/C) shown on the functions sticker.
2
2 - Beam steering (fig.69/C Pos.”A”)
This type of steering allows for maximum right steering
to the right and the left.
To activate beam steering, move lever “1” (fig.68/C) to
position “A” (fig.69/C) shown on the functions sticker.
3 - Crab steering (fig.69/C Pos.”C”)
This type of steering allows for crab steering, front and
rear parallel wheels (sideways movement of vehicle).
To activate crab steering, move lever “1” (fig.68/C) to position “C” (fig.69/C) shown on the functions sticker.
(fig.68/C)
- ATTENTION Steering selection is done when the vehicle is stopped.
A
- ATTENTION
For road travel it is MandatorY to position the steering
control selector in Position “A” (fig.69/C) blocked using the
relevant retainer (fig.68/C Pos.”2”); (“normal” front only
steering mode).
- ATTENTION
Before selecting a new steering type, align the wheels as
explained in the procedure below. Wheel alignment must also
be performed with the vehicle at a standstill.
B
Alignment (standard)
1. Position lever “1” (fig.68/C) in the position marked with
“A”(fig.69/C) on the steering functions sticker.
2. Turn the steering wheel, until the rear wheels have been
completely straightened.
3. Position lever “1” (fig.68/C) on the position marked with
“B”(fig.69/C) on the steering functions sticker.
4. Turn the steering wheel, until the front wheels have been
completely straightened.
C
5. At this point, the front and rear wheels are aligned and the
desired steering type can be selected.
- ATTENTION
Periodically it is advisable to align the wheels (8-10 hours)
depending on the continued use of the vehicle.
C/48
(fig.69/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
STEERING SELECTOR (OPTIONAL)
(fig.70/C Pos.”1”)
By turning the selector (fig.70/C Pos.”1”) 3 types of steering
are obtained:
1 - Normal steering - (fig.70/C Pos.”A”)
This type of steering allows for front steering only.
To activate front steering, turn selector “1” (fig.70/C) to
position “A” (fig.70/C) shown on the functions sticker.
2 - Beam steering - (fig.70/C Pos.”B”)
This type of steering allows for maximum right steering
to the right and the left.
To activate beam steering, turn selector “1” (fig.70/C) to
position “B” (fig.70/C) shown on the functions sticker.
(fig.70/C)
3 - Crab steering - (fig.70/C Pos.”C”)
This type of steering allows for crab steering, front and rear
parallel wheels (sideways movement of vehicle).
To activate crab steering, move lever “1” (fig.70/C) to position “C” (fig.70/C) shown on the functions sticker.
2
- ATTENTION Steering selection is done when the vehicle is stopped.
- ATTENTION
For road travel it is mandatory to position the steering control
selector in Position “A” (fig.70/C) blocked using the relevant retainer (fig.70/C Pos.”2”); (“normal” front only steering mode).
1
- ATTENTION
Before selecting a new steering type, align the wheels as
explained in the procedure below. Wheel alignment must also be
performed with the vehicle at a standstill.
Alignment (standard)
1. Position selector “1” (fig.70/C) in the position marked with
“B”(fig.70/C) on the functions sticker.
A
C
B
2. Turn the steering wheel, until the rear wheels have been
completely straightened.
3. Position selector “1” (fig.70/C) in the position marked with “A”
(fig.70/C) on the functions sticker.
4. Turn the steering wheel, until the front wheels have been
completely straightened.
5. At this point, the front and rear wheels are aligned and the
desired steering type can be selected.
- ATTENTION
Periodically it is advisable to align the wheels (8-10 hours)
depending on the continued use of the vehicle.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/49
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER CONTROLS
(fig.73/C Pos.”1”)
- Use the selector to activate (fig.73/C Pos.”1”).
- Press and hold the selector to activate rear windscreen wipers.
The selector indicator light switches on to indicate successful
activation.
1
- ATTENTION
Worn blades may obstruct vision and scratch the glass.
(fig.73/C)
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SELECTOR
(fig.74/C Pos.”1”)
1
Use the selector (fig.74/C Pos.”1”) to activate emergency
lights (direction indicators are fully lit in flashing mode).
The selector indicator light switches on to indicate successful activation.
(fig.74/C)
Manual accelerator
(fig.75/C Pos.”1”)
- ATTENTION
Engage the parking brake (Page C/29) and neutral gear
(Page C/26) before acting on the lever to increase motor revs.
Allows the operator to accelerate engine RPMs and keep
them constant without pressing the accelerator pedal.
1
- Act by moving the lever towards the front of the vehicle
- Act by moving the lever towards the rear of the vehicle
to decrease the engine revs.
- ATTENTION
When the vehicle must be switched off, the engine RPMs
must be reduced to a minimum.
(fig.75/C)
- ATTENTION
Increasing RPMs, the vehicle may move without accelerator
pedal having been pressed.
Use the manual accelerator only when using the vehicle with
the parking brake engaged and idle gear.
Always bring the manual accelerator(fig.75/C Pos.”1”) to
the starting position (engine at minimum RPMs) before
disengaging the parking brake. The vehicle may start
suddenly, causing risk of damage.
C/50
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
INTERNAL CAB VENTILATION
To activate ventilation, turn the knob (fig.76/C).
The positions indicate, respectively:
2
1
0 - Off
1 - First speed
2 - Second speed
3 - Third speed
- To open the air vents (fig.77/C, fig.78/C, fig.79/C) press
down on one side of the vent and adjust the air flow direction with the tabs or turning the vent itself.
(fig.76/C)
- To close the vents, push the tabs until they are in a horizontal closed position.
- To regulate the front air flow, act on the vents “1”
(fig.77/C) and ”2” (fig.78/C).
- To regulate the lower air flow, act on the vents “1” (fig.78/C)
- To regulate the rear air flow, act on the vents “1” (fig.79/C)
Air temperature adjustment
To adjust the temperature of the air coming from the vents,
turn the knob “2” (fig.76/C).
Turning the knob clockwise (in the red part of the scale) the
temperature increases. Turning the knob anti-clockwise (in
the blue part of the scale) the temperature decreases until it
is near the external temperature.
1
1
(fig.77/C)
2
2
1
1
(fig.79/C)
1
(fig.78/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/51
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Air recirculation inside the caB
(fig.80/C Pos.”1”)
- Take the knob to position “A” (fig.80/C) to enable air recirculation inside the cab.
- Take the knob to position “B” (fig.80/C) to disable air
recirculation inside the cab and allow the ventilation system to take in air from the outside.
B
A
NOTE:
1
The lever acts on the “suction” of air by the ventilation system. The flow of the air and the temperature must always be
controlled by the ventilation system inside the cab.
(fig.80/C)
C/52
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
AIR CONDITIONING
(OPtional)
1
System operation:
1. Check that all doors and windows are closed.
2
2. Ensure that the heater is switched off, turning the lever
towards the “blue” part of the scale.
3. With the engine on, switch on the air conditioning by pressing the switch (fig.81/C Pos.”1”) taking it to position “I”.
4. Act on the fan (fig.81/C Pos.”2”) to select the air flow.
(fig.81/C)
5. Open and adjust vents to obtain ideal cooling with regard
to environment temperature. Increase or decrease fan
speed to obtain desired conditions.
6. Turning the knob anti-clockwise (in the red part of the scale)
the temperature increases. Turning the knob anti-clockwise
(in the blue part of the scale) the temperature decreases.
1
- ATTENTION
Switch on the air conditioning every 15 days, even in the
colder months, with the engine running at minimum (without
accelerating). In this way, the moveable parts like the compressor and the general system can be lubricated.
- ATTENTION
Keep the condenser clean to keep the conditioning system
working efficiently (fig.82/C Pos.”1”).
- ATTENTION
DO NOT loosen any of air conditioning system’s tubes in
order to reach the condenser, because skin contact with coolant can cause freezing.
- ATTENTION
(fig.82/C)
Consult chapter “D” for system cleaning and maintenance.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/53
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
REVOLVING LIGHT SWITCH
(fig.83/C Pos.”1”)
1
The revolving light must always be positioned above the driver’s cab (fig.83/C Pos. “1”) and must always be in operation
both at the work site and when driving on roads.
- Position the revolving light on the driver’s cab (fig.83/C
Pos.”1”).
- Plug the power plug in the socket at the rear of the cab
(fig.83/C Pos.”2”).
- To switch on the revolving light push the button ”B” (fig.84/C) .
The indicator light on the same switch indicates start-up.
2
- ATTENTION
The vehicle can only mount lights supplied by DIECI and in
compliance with the Standards in force in the country of use.
Danger of damage to the electrical system.
(fig.83/C)
- ATTENTION
Do not connect users with nominal voltage exceeding 12
volts and power consumption exceeding 180W.
Danger of damage to the electrical system.
CaB Front lights SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
A
(fig.84/C Pos.”A”)
B
C
D
Use the switch (fig.84/C Pos.”A”) to turn on the front cab
working lights (fig.85/C Pos.”1”).
The indicator light switches on to indicate successful activation.
- ATTENTION
The vehicle can only mount lights supplied by DIECI. Danger of damage to the electrical system in case of use of non
original lights
(fig.84/C)
CaB rear lights SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
1
(fig.84/C Pos.”D”)
2
Use the switch (fig.84/C Pos.”d”) to turn on the rear cab
working lights (fig.85/C Pos.”2”). The indicator light switches
on to indicate successful activation.
- ATTENTION
The vehicle can only mount lights supplied by DIECI. Danger of damage to the electrical system in case of use of non
original lights.
(fig.85/C)
C/54
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
BooM head light SWITCH
(OPtional)
C
(fig.86/C Pos.”C”)
Use the relevant switch (fig.86/C Pos.”C”) to turn on the
boom head light (fig.87/C Pos.”1”). The indicator light
switches on to indicate successful activation.
Two work lights, one on the right side and the other on the
left side of the boom, can be installed upon client request.
- ATTENTION
The vehicle can only mount lights supplied by DIECI. Danger of damage to the electrical system in case of use of non
original lights.
(fig.86/C)
1
(fig.87/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/55
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
BooM head solenoid valve
(OPtional)
(fig.102/C Pos.”1”)
The switch (fig.101/C Pos.”1”) is only installed in the presence of the boom head solenoid valve (fig.102/C Pos.”1”).
When using the solenoid valve it is possible to have divided
hydraulic controls on the boom head.
- Activate the switch (fig.101/C Pos.”A”) to power the solenoid valve, which will deviate oil flow. The indicator light
on the same switch indicates start-up.
The selector (fig.101/C Pos.”1”) is used parallel to normal
service controls. First, choose the selector where oil flow
will deviate from, then carry out manoeuvres with the routine
service controls.
BOOM HEAD SOCKET
(OPtional)
1
(fig.101/C Pos.”2”)
The switch (fig.101/C Pos.”2”) is only installed in the presence of the boom head socket (fig.102/C Pos.”2”).
In presence of the socket, but not its switch, this is only used
to power the boom head solenoid valve.
To use the socket:
2
- Remove any plug from the socket (fig.102/C Pos.”4”)
and insert it into the socket-holder (fig.102/C Pos.”3”).
- Insert the user plug into the boom head socket (fig.102/C
Pos.”2”).
- Activate the switch (fig.101/C Pos.”2”) to power the plug
and user connected. The indicator light on the same
switch indicates start-up.
(fig.101/C)
- ATTENTION
On connection of the user, before starting work operations,
in a safe place check that all controls function correctly and
perform the desired manoeuvres/operations.
3
4
- ATTENTION
Do not connect users with nominal voltage exceeding 12
volts and amperage over 3A.
Danger of damage to the electrical system.
2
1
(fig.102/C)
C/56
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Rear hYdraulic sockets
(OPtional)
(fig.106/C Pos.”1”)
Located at the rear of the vehicle (fig.106/C Pos.”1”).
- Press the relative switch to deviate oil to the rear hydraulic sockets (fig.103/C Pos.”1”). The indicator light on the
same switch indicates start-up.
1
The rear hydraulic sockets operate using the Joystick service
controls in the cab.
3
Note: The switch can have 2 or 3 positions in relation to set-up.
- ATTENTION
On connection of the user, before starting work operations,
in a safe place check that all controls function correctly and
perform the desired manoeuvres/operations.
“Continuous oil” function
The function allows to select and maintain the volume of oil
transiting in the hydraulic sockets constant, without acting
constantly on the Joystick selector.
(fig.103/C)
- Press the relative switch to deviate oil to the rear hydraulic sockets (fig.103/C Pos.”1”).
1
- Select the volume of oil to keep constant through the
Joystick Roller (fig.104/C Pos.”1”)
- Press the “Power take-off” selector (fig.103/C Pos.”3”) to
enable the “continuous oil” function.
The flashing LED on the Joystick (fig.104/C Pos.”2”) indicates activation.
- To disable the function intervene on the “Power take-off”
(fig.103/C Pos.”3”).
To make other operations/movements with the Joystick, in
“Continuous oil” mode, active:
2
1
(fig.104/C)
(fig.105/C)
- Press the “man in” button (fig.105/C Pos.”1”).
- Moving the joystick to make the desired operation.
1
Operating in this way, the above-mentioned function remains
active.
- ATTENTION
Movement of the joystick, without intervention on the roller
“1” (fig.105/C), with “continuous oil” function enabled leads
to the temporary disconnection of the function itself.
- ATTENTION
With “Continuous oil” function enabled, do not move away
from the driver’s cab.
(fig.106/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/57
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
BooM susPension
(oPtional)
Boom suspension allows the operator to carry out movements with the vehicle without feeling the strong oscillations
and jumps caused by the boom, in the event that the ground
is not perfectly flat (fig.110/C).
Use the relevant switch to engage boom suspension
(fig.109/C Pos.”1”). The indicator light on the same switch
indicates start-up.
1
Boom suspension is activated only if the boom is in the horizontal position.
Boom suspension is deactivated automatically by pressing
the “man in” button on the joystick.
Suspension can also be used during the transport of loads
with the boom in the transport position (completely retracted
and in a horizontal position).
- ATTENTION
The presence of boom suspension does not cause an increase in the speed of vehicle transport or movement. Speed
must always be proportional to the ground, to the area of
use and to climatic conditions.
The vehicle must always be used with caution. Always refer
to instructions detailed in chapter “B”.
(fig.109/C)
Disegno sospensione braccio
- ATTENTION
Boom suspension is a device which helps increase vehicle
comfort but does not increase vehicle safety features.
Disegno sospensione braccio
(fig.110/C)
C/58
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
2-sPeed BooM
(oPtional)
The dual speed of the boom allows the operator to increase
boom extension and retraction speed.
To activate dual speed using the switch (fig.111/C pos.”1”).
The indicator light on the same switch indicates start-up.
1
When the 180 bar pressure has been exceeded, the second
speed will deactivate automatically.
(fig.111/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/59
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
DuMP BodY lowering
(oPtional)
The dump body lowering switch controls the solenoid valve
which causes the closure of the dump body lifting cylinder
connected to the rear hydraulic socket.
1
Activate dump body lowering using the relevant switch
(fig.112/C pos.”1”).
The indicator light on the same switch indicates start-up.
- ATTENTION
Before moving the vehicle with the dump body:
- Verify its correct operation (brake system, signalling system, hydraulic system).
- Verify that the dump body conforms to all laws relevant
in country where the vehicle is being used.
- ATTENTION
When handling the dump body (lifting, lowering, moving),
verify that no one is nearby. Risk of being crushed.
(fig.112/C)
C/60
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
ReversiBle Fan
(oPtional ONLY ON AGRI FARMER 26.6)
Activate reversible fan using the relevant button (fig.113/C
pos.”2”). The cleaning cycle is activated automatically by
pressing the switch, which must not be held. Reversal takes
place automatically without having to switch off the vehicle.
The fan remains in the “cleaning” position (engine reversed)
for a pre-set amount of time determined by the manufacturer.
- ATTENTION
The presence of fan reversal does not prevent operators from
carrying out fan, radiator or engine compartment cleaning, in
accordance with the required routine maintenance schedule.
2
(fig.113/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/61
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
WATER HEATER
(OPTIONAL)
1
(fig.114/C Pos.”1”)
Located at the rear of the bonnet.
- ATTENTION
Before switching on the water heater, carry out the operations included in Chapter B “STOPPING UPON COMPLETION OF WORK”
System operation:
1. Plug in connector “A” into socket “B” located in the rear
part of the engine bonnet (fig.115/C).
(fig.114/C)
2. Insert plug “C” into the electric socket (fig.115/C).
The heater is connected to its own control unit and maintains engine water at a temperature higher than the external
temperature (in cold climates).
In the event of malfunction contact a DIECI service centre.
A
B
- ATTENTION
Verify the good conditions of the power supply cable before
starting up the device.
- ATTENTION
Do not use the water heater with the engine on and while
the vehicle is moving.
C
- ATTENTION
Remove water heater power supply before switching on and
moving the vehicle.
C/62
(fig.115/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Front hook
(fig.120/C Pos.”1”)
If located at the front of the vehicle, it can have different load
capacities depending on client needs.
Consult the vehicle registration document to verify front hook
load capacity.
Capacity is limited for each vehicle by the authorised circulating weight, by the towing weight and by the vertical strain
of the towing pin. This information is detailed in the vehicle
registration document.
1
3
2
The front hook clip (fig.120/C Pos.”1”) has been properly
positioned and locked when the guide pin is in position “3”
(fig.120/C) and is locked by its cotter pin “2” (fig.120/C).
(fig.120/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/63
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Towing hook
(fig.121/C Pos.”A”)
A
If located at the rear of the vehicle, it can have different load
capacities depending on client needs.
Consult the vehicle registration document to verify rear hook
load capacity.
Capacity is limited for each vehicle by the authorised circulating weight, by the towing weight and by the vertical strain
of the towing pin. This information is detailed in the vehicle
registration document.
Only “Agricultural Tractors” are permitted to driving on the
road with a trailer.
1
(fig.121/C)
Verify proper locking pin position before moving the vehicle
with the trailer.
The rear hook clip (fig.121/C Pos.”1”) has been properly
positioned and locked when it goes through both parts of the
hook (fig.122/C) and is locked by its cotter pin “1” (fig.122/C).
1
- ATTENTION
Before moving the vehicle with the trailer:
- Ensure that the brake and signalling systems are functioning properly.
(fig.122/C)
- Verify that the trailer conforms to regulations in force in
the country where the vehicle is being used.
2
- Make sure that the cotter pin is properly inserted
(fig.122/C Pos.”1”).
1
AdjustaBle towing hook
(oPtional)
(fig.124/C Pos.”A”)
Located at the rear of the vehicle.
(fig.123/C)
To adjust hook height:
1. Grip the pin (fig.123/C Pos.”1”) keeping i pulled towards
yourself.
2. Lift the handle with safety lock (fig.123/C Pos.”2”). In these conditions the hook is free to move in its own guides.
3. Lower or raise the hook accompanying it via the handle
(fig.123/C Pos.”2”).
4. When the desired position has been reached,release the
pin (fig.123/C Pos.”1”); check that the pin returns to its
house, release the safety handle (fig.123/C Pos.”2”).
3
5. Insert the protection (fig.124/C Pos.”3”) taking it to horizontal position.
- ATTENTION
A
To use the “adjustable towing hook” the prescriptions are the
same as in the “Towing hook” paragraph.
(fig.124/C)
C/64
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
PTO
(oPtional)
(fig.131/C pos.”1”)
To activate the power take-off, operate on its switch
(fig.130/C pos.”1”).
The indicator light on the relevant switch will signal start-up.
- ATTENTION
When the switch has been inserted the PTO starts immediately.
Engage the Cardan shaft before starting the PTO.
Keep at a safe distance from the Cardan shaft.
Before starting the PTO, check that no-one is in the vicinity
of the same, the Cardan shaft and the mechanical user of
the socket.
1
- ATTENTION
If the PTO should undergo stress greater than nominal, supplied by the manufacturer, automatic disconnection takes
place, with blocking of the revolving motion.
(fig.130/C)
1
(fig.131/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/65
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
THREE-POINT LIFTING DEVICE
(oPtional)
(fig.134/C)
Act on the relevant lever to activate the three-point lifting device (fig.133/C pos.”1”).
1
Acting on the lever, the lateral arms start to move (fig.134/C
pos.”1-2”).
Before use, regulate the lateral arms (fig.134/C pos.”1-2”),
the chains (fig.134/C pos.”3”) and the central arm (fig.134/C
pos.”4”) according to the type of use and tool to be connected.
The central arm (fig.134/C pos.”4”) must always be connected correctly to the user.
(fig.133/C)
- ATTENTION
Before use, check that no-one is in the vicinity of the vehicle,
the three-point lifting device and the user.
1
2
4
3
3
(fig.134/C)
Regulation of the 3-point lifting device
For regulation of the lifting unit, proceed as follows:
A
- To regulate opening of the lateral arms, act on the chains
loosening/tightening the junction pin (fig.135/C pos.”1”).
A
- To regulate the height of the arms tighten/loosen the
fixing rod (fig.135/C pos.”2”) forcing the lever (fig.135/C
pos.”B”) and blocking the rod in the position using the
lock-nut (fig.135/C pos.”C”).
C
2
2
- ATTENTION
Before use, check that all cotters are present in the pins that
make up the 3-point lifting device (fig.135/C pos.”A”). Also
insert the cotters on the pins that will connect the tool to use
to the 3-point lifting device.
DO NOT use the lifting device if all cotters and retainer/
safety pins ARE NOT present.
C
B
B
A
1
(fig.135/C)
C/66
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
HYdraulic Braking sYsteM For trailers
(ItalY tYPe)
(oPtional)
A
The indicator light (fig.140/C pos.”A”) signals low braking
system pressure.
Connect the trailer’s hydraulic braking system to that of the
vehicle using the hydraulic socket (fig.141/C pos.”1”). If not
being used, the socket must be suitably protected by its
hydraulic socket cover (fig.141/C pos.”1”).
- ATTENTION
Do not move the vehicle until the indicator light has switched
off, as the trailer may not brake properly.
- ATTENTION
(fig.140/C)
Verify that all connections are attached properly and that
the trailer brakes regularly before moving the vehicle. Do
not move the vehicle with the trailer attached in the event of
malfunctions.
1
- ATTENTION
Connect the trailer to the towing hook (fig.142/C pos.”A”)
before inserting the hydraulic part.
The trailer brake act under pressure. The vehicle hydraulic circuit supplies constant pressure to the trailer braking system.
This pressure is modulated by means of the brake pump.
The trailer is freed from the brakes and can move when the
brake system of the trailer is connected to the vehicle.
The hydraulic braking valve (fig.143/C pos.”A”), located at
the rear of the vehicle, is equipped with a lever (fig.143/C
pos.”B”) to put pressure on the braking system.
(fig.141/C)
- The system is not under pressure when the lever is in
position “0” (fig.143/C). If connected, the trailer is braked.
- The system is under pressure when the lever is in position
“1” (fig.143/C). If connected, the trailer is free to move.
A
The lever must be used to insert the trailer parking/emergency brake. The trailer is braked when the lever is set to
position “0” (fig.143/C).
(fig.142/C)
- ATTENTION
In the event that the trailer is not to be used, set the lever to
position “0” (fig.143/C) to prevent the system from remaining
under pressure. Keeping the system under pressure causes
an unnecessary loss of engine power, leading to higher consumption and unnecessary heating of hydraulic oil.
- ATTENTION
1
B
0
0
A
The trailer parking/emergency brake must be engaged in the
same way as the vehicle parking brake.
1
(fig.143/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/67
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM
For trailers
(oPtional)
A
The trailer brake act under pressure. The vehicle hydraulic circuit supplies constant pressure to the trailer braking system.
This pressure is modulated by means of the brake pump.
The indicator light (fig.144/C pos.”A”) signals low braking
system pressure.
Connect the trailer’s hydraulic braking system to that of the
vehicle using the hydraulic socket (fig.145/C pos.”1”). If not
being used, the socket must be suitably protected by its
hydraulic socket cover (fig.145/C pos.”2”).
- ATTENTION
Do not move the vehicle until the indicator light has switched
off, as the trailer may not brake properly.
(fig.144/C)
- ATTENTION
Verify that all connections are attached properly and that
the trailer brakes regularly before moving the vehicle. Do
not move the vehicle with the trailer attached in the event of
malfunctions.
1
- ATTENTION
Connect the trailer to the towing hook (fig.146/C pos.”A”)
before inserting the hydraulic part.
(fig.145/C)
- ATTENTION
When the trailer is disconnected, use caution to prevent it
from moving in an uncontrolled manner.
A
(fig.146/C)
C/68
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
PNEUMATIC Braking sYsteM For trailers
(oPtional)
A
The indicator light (fig.150/C pos.”A”) signals low braking
system pressure.
- ATTENTION
Do not move the vehicle until the indicator light has switched
off, as the trailer may not brake properly.
The vehicle may be equipped with one of two desired
types of pneumatic attachments (fig.11/C pos.”1”, fig.152C
pos.”1-2”). For ensure correct use, connect the attachment’s
pneumatic system to that of the vehicle using its fittings.
- ATTENTION
(fig.150/C)
Verify that all connections are attached properly and that
the trailer brakes regularly before moving the vehicle. Do
not move the vehicle with the trailer attached in the event of
malfunctions.
- ATTENTION
1
Connect the trailer to the towing hook (fig.153/C pos.”A”)
before inserting the hydraulic part.
1
2
(fig.151/C)
(fig.152/C)
A
(fig.153/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/69
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
7-Pole electric socket For trailer
(OPtional)
(fig.154/C Pos.”1”)
Located at the rear of the vehicle.
- ATTENTION
Before moving the vehicle with the trailer:
1
- Ensure that the brake and signalling systems are functioning properly.
- Verify that the trailer conforms to regulations in force in
the country where the vehicle is being used.
(fig.154/C)
C/70
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
TOWING THE VEHICLE
AXA 1432
The vehicle may only be towed in an emergency and at low
speed (max 4 km/hour) and for short distances (max 500 m).
Only the anchorage points indicated in figure “156/C” can be
used for the the front side and figure “157/C” for the rear
side. The anchorage points are present on both sides, left
and right, and must both be connected for correct towing.
The operations to be carried out are as follows:
- Put the gear in neutral.
- Disengage the negative parking brake
- Connect the towing bracket between the towing vehicle
and the broken down vehicle.
- ATTENTION Never attempt to start the vehicle by towing or
pushing.
(fig.156/C) Front anchorage point
With engine off, the steering servo-control does not work.
If the engine cannot be kept running, during towing keep in
mind that it will be much more difficult to operate the steering wheel. When the vehicle has been started, position the
gearbox in neutral (idle) before starting towing.
AXA 1432
With engine off the gear could be engaged. If it is not possible to start the engine to engage the neutral gear “N”, take
the gear to neutral manually following the indications given
in the “Putting the gear in neutral” chapter (Page C/70).
The parking brake is engaged with the engine switched off.
If the engine cannot be kept running during vehicle towing,
disengage the parking brake manually, following the instructions given in paragraph “Disengagement of Parking Brake
with engine switched off” (Page C/71).
- ATTENTION
With engine running during towing, remain seated in the driver’s
seat to prevent the parking brake from engaging automatically.
The towing bracket must be connected to the vehicle towing setups marked by corresponding symbols (fig.156/C,
fig.157/C).
(fig.157/C) Rear anchorage point
- ATTENTION
the vehicle Must Be towed with a towing bracket.
The towing bracket must be able to support a towing
weight of 10,000 Kg.
Do not tow the vehicle on public roads and for long distances. If possible, keep the yellow flashing lights and emergency lights on.
Do not tow the vehicle on a slope.
- ATTENTION Do not stand between the towing vehicle
and the towed vehicle.
- ATTENTION Have the operations described above performed
by expert personnel.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/71
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
Putting the gear shiFt in neutral
Operating Description
- Switch off the engine.
- Turn the lever (fig. 160/C Pos. “1”) of the hydraulic valve
towards the vehicle cab, bringing it to the closed position. The valve is located under the vehicle, in the front
near the reducer.
- Position the gear selector pin (fig. 161/C Pos. “1”) in
neutral, using a screwdriver.
- ATTENTION
Before towing the vehicle, switch on the dashboard and if
possible, ensure that the forward and reverse gear indicator
lights are off .
1
(fig.160/C)
- ATTENTION
1
Once the towing operations have been completed, reopen
the valve, bringing it back to its original position.
To insert the gear, use the switch provided as described in
paragraph “Fast/slow Gear Switch” (page C/28).
(fig.161/C)
C/72
(fig.162/C)
Fast gear engaged
(fig.163/C)
Neutral
(fig.164/C)
Slow gear engaged
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Disengaging the negative parking brake with the
engine stopped
1
1° Loosen the screws on both sides (fig. 167 pos. “1”, “2”)
of the centre part of the front axle with a key (fig. 168/C).
Do not completely loosen the screws; loosen them only
enough so that described in point 2 can be carried out.
2° Remove the “U” shaped liners (fig. 169/C, Pos.”1”).
3° Re-tighten screws until the click into position in these
conditions it is possible to tow the vehicle.
4° To return the brake to working condition, return in to its
original conditions.
2
(fig.167/C)
- ATTENTION DO NOT USE THE VEHICLE WITH THE HAND BRAKE
DISENGAGED. Once towing oPerations are coMPlete Bring everYthing Back to its original
Position.
- ATTENTION It is recommended to have the operations described above performed by expert staff.
(fig.168/C)
(fig.169/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/73
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
BASKET EMERGENCY
In the event of breakdown or malfunctioning during se of the
basket, which lead to the same being blocked in a position
that does not allow the operators to abandon the platform safely, it is possible to operate with manual systems in order to
take the boom and operators to safe conditions. To make use
of this emergency operation, use the emergency pump found
in the control cab.
A
- ATTENTION When the emergency pump is used the anti-tipping systems
are deactivated. IT IS MANDATORY to consult the load diagram (located in the cab notepad and in the use and maintenance manual) before completing any manoeuvres using
the distributor levers. This way, using the inclinometer and
the letters on the boom, it is possible to know the exact position the basket position is in and the work area where it is
allowed to operate. During recovery of the basket, their must
be no additional movements that may worsen the stability of
the vehicle, due to the existence of tipping hazard.
(fig.172)
- ATTENTION These operations must be performed by two qualified
operators, experienced and authorised by the Safety
Manager.
The following manoeuvres are possible with the emergency pump:
A
B
- Boom extension retraction
- Boom descent
- ATTENTION
Never attempt to climb down from the basket using makeshift means or using systems with exposure to personal risk.
1
To retract the boom, carry out the procedure given below.
1. Switch the engine off.
2. The first operator must extract the rod in the tool box and
insert it into the emergency hand pump (fig.173 Pos.”A”).
3. Position the lever “B” (fig.173) at “1”
for extension retraction.
(fig.173)
4. Position the lever “B” (fig.174) at “2”
to lower the boom.
5. Act on the previously described rod (fig.140 Pos.”A”) to
start the emergency pump. The first operator must push
the rod up to end run first from one side and then the
other to supply pressure to the plant. The operation must
be performed until recovery has been completed.
2
6. The second operator, in cab, must move the joystick.
This carries out different manoeuvres that depend on the
type of distributor mounted, see next paragraphs.
B
Move the basket by alternating extension retraction and
boom descent movements, in a way to remain always within
the work diagram.
(fig.174)
C/74
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Standard DistriButor
- Extension retraction
Activate the lever “A” to the left (fig.175) at the same
time as pumping performed by the operator on the
ground, to operate extension retraction.
B
-Boom descent
Activate Joystick “B” forward (fig.175) at the same time
as pumping performed by the operator on the ground, to
operate boom descent.
Move the basket by alternating extension retraction and
boom descent movements, in a way to remain always within
the work diagram.
A
(fig.175)
Electro-hYdraulic ProPortional distriButor
For Basket
B
Take levers “A” and “B” and fasten them into their dedicated
seats “C” (fig.176).
- Extension retraction
Activate the lever “A” to the left (fig.176 Pos. “A1”) at the
same time as pumping performed by the operator on the
ground, to operate extension retraction.
-Boom descent
Activate the lever “B” to the right (fig.176 Pos.”B1”) at
the same time as pumping performed by the operator on
the ground, to operate boom descent.
Move the basket by alternating extension retraction and
boom descent movements, in a way to remain always within
the work diagram.
- ATTENTION
When the recovery has been made,open the cock on the
hand pump and put the rod and any distributor levers back
in the tool box.
A1
A
B1
C
C
(fig.176)
- ATTENTION
On conclusion of the recovery manoeuvre, take lever “B”
(fig.144) to the start position.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/75
Mod. Agri Farmer
C/76
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
CATALYTIC PURIFIER
(oPtional)
(fig.178/C)
Duration
As the catalyst is not actively involved in the chemical reaction it provokes, its life is theoretically unlimited. However, due
to certain conditions such as: engines not perfectly tuned,
vehicle vibrations and the abrasive effect of fumes on the
support, the life of the catalyst may be shortened. In reality,
the life of the catalytic purifier is about 10000 working hours.
Maintenance
The catalyst is activated by the high temperature of the fumes which also prevents any particles from depositing on
the honeycomb; less maintenance is, consequently, needed.
It is advisable to clean the purifier every 500 working
hours. Remove the catalyst and place it in a container with
hot soapy water, making sure it is completely emerged. Leave it to soak for 5 hours, then wait for it dry completely (a
gentle jet of compressed air could possibly be used to speed
up drying) and remount.
(fig.178/C)
WATER DRIVEN PURIFIER
(optional)
(fig.179/C)
The water driven purifier is manufactured entirely in stainless steel with titanium and is resistant to high temperatures
and to corrosive sulphurous compounds which are present
in the exhaust fumes.
It consists of a horizontal cylindrical body (sized according to engine power) which makes up the water tank, two
mounting brackets and a cylindrical tower located on the
upper part of the water tank that contains the separator.
The gases are directed through an entry tube to the interior
part of the purifier and then passed to the water. The carbonaceous particles become heavier upon contact with the
water and fall to the bottom of the water tank.
The gases are then directed towards the separator which
recovers the carbonaceous particles that have not fused
with the water. The white smoke emitted from the exhaust is
simply water vapour.
Maintenance
(fig.179/C)
Maintenance of the water driven purifier is eXtreMelY
iMPortant and the water must be changed every 8
working hours. The tank must be emptied using the spherical drain valve and clean water must be added through the
loading and level cock.
The black sludge which comes out when changing the water is
proof of the purifier’s effectiveness. Every 300 working hours
the purifier must be cleaned : drain the water and clean the
inside for a few minutes using a pressurised jet. DIECI also
provides the additive TAM which, if added to the water at every change, helps to keep the purifier clean. TAM also improves
the performance of the purifier: it neutralises sulphuric acids.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/77
Mod. Agri Farmer
C/78
Getting to Know and Using the Vehicle
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
USER INSTRUCTIONS AND
GETTING TO KNOW THE VEHICLE
INTEGRATED DEVICES
“CENTRAL DASHBOARD”
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/79
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using
the Vehicle Integrated devices
EVERY MODIFICATION MADE TO THE VEHICLE LEADS TO A NEW
VERIFICATION OF CONFORMITY WITH THE 2006/42/EC MACHINERY DIRECTIVE THIS PROCEDuRE IS ALSO VALID IN THE CASE
OF REPAIRS WITH NON-ORIGINAL SPARE PARTS.
It is ProhiBited to oPerate iF this Manual has not Been read and
understood.
The oPerator is reQuired to learn the location and Function oF all
instruMents and controls, indePendent oF his or her eXPerience in
the Field, BeFore oPerating the vehicle.
The iMages, descriPtions, MeasureMents stated in this chaPter
reFer to standard vehicles.
Your vehicle can Be set-uP with oPtional controls and accessories on reQuest.
All Functions and Procedures concerning the oPeration and
Mounting oF the vehicle’s attachMents that are not descriBed in
this Manual are strictly ForBidden.
USE OF THE VEHICLE DIFFERENT TO THAT DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL IS
PROHIBITED.
It is Mandatory to have read and learned chaPter “B“ (SaFety
Standards) BeFore reading chaPter “C” and using the vehicle.
C/80
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
LCD
The following functions will be shown on the display:
- Timer (6 characters of which one a decimal point plus hourglass) (fig.200/C pos.”C”).
- Clock (4 characters) (fig.101/C pos.”A”).
- Speedometer (3 characters of which one a decimal point plus km/h, m/h and mph) (fig.200/C pos.”C”). (OPTIONAL)
- Hodograph (6 characters of which one a decimal point plus km and miles) (fig. 200/C pos.”C”). (OPTIONAL)
- Neutral gear engaged (fig. 200/C pos.”B”). (NOT AVAILABLE)
- Engine errors (Large E flashing + 3 characters at top) (fig. 200/C pos.”A”, fig. 200/C pos.”B”, fig. 200/C pos.”C”). (NOT AVAILABLE)
- Service (Large S flashing + n° hours missing to service) (fig. 200/C pos.”A”, fig. 200/C pos.”B”)
B
A
COL1 DP5
X1
X14
X13
RPM 1
2
3
4
5
AM
11
12
9
8
7
6
Vkmip/h
X12
C
DP9 X11 X9 X7 X5
X10 X6
X8
(fig.200/C)
Speedometer (optional)
The speedometer allows to display the speed of the vehicle in real time.
In the vehicle with Vario System drive the speedometer shows the advancement speed on exceeding 3km/h. With lower
speed the instrument displays the hours of use of the vehicle (Hour meter function).
The maximum speed of the vehicle varies on inflation pressure variation, the measurement and wear of the tyres.
Hodograph (optional)
The hodograph allows to display the kilometres travelled by the vehicle. The instrument is combined with the speedometer
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/81
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using
the Vehicle Integrated devices
2
1
(fig.201/C)
Buttons
There are two integrated buttons on the panel:
- Button “1” (fig. 201/C) temporarily prevents the acoustic signal (buzzer) of the anti-tipping system, anti-tipping system test.
- Button “2” (fig. 201/C) changes the display.
Changing display visualisation
By pressing key ”2” (fig.201/C) display visualisation is changed cyclically following the logic below:
1. Timer and clock.
2. Speed and clock.
3. Hodograph and clock.
4. Timer and clock.
The normal visualisation of the display will be Clock and Hour counter. In the case of installation of the speedometer, the display
will automatically pass to the Clock and Speed display.
Clock regulation
To regulate the clock:
- Switch off the dashboard.
- Press key “2” (fig. 201/C) and keep it pressed.
- Switch the dashboard on
- Keep key “2” (fig. 201/C) pressed for 1.5 seconds for the duration of the “check”.
- Now you are in “Regulation” mode
With minutes characters flashing, press:
- key “1” (fig. 201/C) to increase the character.
- key “2” (fig. 201/C) to confirm selection.
With hours characters flashing, press:
- key “1” (fig. 201/C) to increase the character.
- key “2” (fig. 201/C) to confirm selection.
The calibration check has ended and the instrument starts to work normally (excluding the initial check).
C/82
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
dashBoard instruMent initial check
On switch-on, the panel switches some indicator lights, the buzzer and all segments of the display on for the duration of 1.5. seconds.
The tables are shown below (fig.202/C) that contain all dashboard indicator lights and their behaviour at the time of the check.
The instruments (fig.203/C) carry out an initial check by moving the pointers and temporary switch-on of the corresponding LED.
The LCD carries out complete temporary switch-on of all symbols that can be represented.
LEDs
INITIAL
CHECK
LEDs
INITIAL
CHECK
instruMents
INITIAL
CHECK
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
I
YES
CELL
YES
YES
(fig.203/C)
A
YES
2
YES
YES
YES
(fig.202/C)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/83
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using
the Vehicle Integrated devices
Anti-tiPPing systeM test
2
1
(fig.204/C)
Press and hold button “1”(fig.204/C) for 2 seconds, during normal functioning of the instrument, to carry out the anti-tipping system test.
The test consists in:
1. Indicator in start position 1st Green sector.
2. Indicator in end position 2nd Red sector.
3. Indicator in start position 1st Green sector.
4. Indicator in current work position.
The angular speed of the index during the test is 240 angular degrees in 2 sec. (120 degrees/sec).
Anti-tiPPing systeM Mute
Press button “1” (fig.204/C) to suspend the acoustic signal due to an alarm of the anti-tipping system.
In the alarm zone (start of 1st Red sector start of 2nd Red sector) the acoustic signal must always be activated even if key “1”
has been previously pressed (fig.204/C).
Example:
1. The indicator enters the 1st Red zone.
2. The buzzer starts to ring intermittently.
3. Pressing the last key suspends the acoustic signal.
4. The indicator continues to rise and enters the 2nd Red zone.
5. The buzzer starts to ring continuously. Pressing the left key does not suspends the acoustic signal.
General alarM LED
The emergency indicator light/general alarm occur:
- in the event of engine error
- if one of the indicator lights indicated in the table below should switch on
- in the event of engine overrevving
Engine error
The engine has an electronic control unit that communicates directly with the central dashboard. The anomalies are signalled by the general alarm indicator light accompanied by the acoustic signal with duration of 1.5 seconds and the display of the error code on the LCD.
C/84
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Switch-on of dashboard indicator lights
Some signal indicator lights, which are particularly important for the duration and use of the same in complete safety have been
coupled to the general alarm indicator light (fig.205/C) with acoustic signal lasting 1.5 seconds. The acoustic signal functions
only with the engine running. The signalling of alarms by the indicator light “1” (fig.205/C) has priority over other signals that this
communicates. Other anomaly signal lights have not been coupled to the general alarm indicator light and have their own type
of signal (fig.206/C).
LED 2
LED 1
Acoustic signal (Buzzer)
Coupling 1
YES ( 1.5 seconds)
Coupling 2
YES ( 1.5 seconds)
Coupling 3
YES ( 1.5 seconds)
Coupling 4
YES ( 1.5 seconds)
Coupling 5
YES ( 1.5 seconds)
Function
LED
(fig.205/C)
Type of signal
Insufficient pressure in
the accumulator
Fixed
Parking brake failure
Fixed
Brake fluid low level
Intermittent (0.5”on, 0.5”off)
Drive oil temperature
* Note
(fig.206/C)
* Note: Fixed (Vehicle with Power Shift Gearbox)
* Note: Fixed on < -20°C < Intermittent on < 20°C < Off > 105°C > Intermittent > 115°C > Fixed on
(Vehicle with Vario System Drive)
* Note: With Vario System drive
- The vehicle functions regularly between 20°C and 105°C.
- The power descends between -20°C and 20°C
- The power descends between -105°C and 115°C
- The vehicle blocks below -20°C
- The vehicle blocks over 115°C
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/85
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using
the Vehicle Integrated devices
SERVICE
On reaching the SERVICE on the LCD, the letter “S” will be shown (fig.209/C pos.”2”) with the hours corresponding (fig.209/C
pos.”1”) to the SERVICE.
Display will only occur on switch-on of the dashboard for a time of 10 seconds with letter “S” flashing.
RPM
1
2
AM
Vkmip/h
(fig.209/C)
The hour count is managed from the panel.
Every 300 hours the letter “S” (flashing) must always be shown at every switch-on along with the service interval reached (e.g.
300,600,900 ….) as shown in the table.
The service message will deactivate automatically after 20 hours have passed from display of the voucher.
C/86
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
anti-tiPPing errors
The errors of the anti-tipping device are displayed in place of the clock. The displayed message will be of “Er : nn” type where
“Er” means “error” and “nn” indicates the identification number (e.g. “ER:64”.
Main panel errors
Alarm code
Description
90
Hour meter message error (10FF80E3)
91
Hour meter message error (10FF80E3)
92
Hour meter message error (10FF80E3)
93
Hour meter message error (10FF80E3)
94
SARL response error, different response value
95
Calibration pin no longer connected during calibration
96
Errors inside panel
97
Errors inside panel
98
Errors inside panel
99
Errors inside panel
Alarm codes/system errors
Alarm
code
Description
What to do
11
CRC error of the memory area containing the software
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
12
CRC error of the memory area containing the parameters
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
13
Program flow control error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
14
Data exchange error between the two microcontrols
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
15
Over range power supply voltage error +7Vdc, +18Vdc
16
Internal power supply voltage error of first over range channel +7Vdc, +18Vdc
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
17
Internal power supply voltage error of second over range
channel +7Vdc, +18Vdc
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
21
Congruency error of the Cut Off1 output status
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
22
Congruency error of the Cut Off2 output status
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
23
Congruency error of the WDO1 output status
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
24
Congruency error of the output 1 status
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
25
Congruency error of the output 2 status
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
26
Congruency error of the WDO2 output status
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
31
Load cell A:
CRC error of the parameters inside load sensor.
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
32
Load cell A:
Over range signal reading error (10-990)
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
33
Load cell A:
Over range internal offset reading error (466-526)
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
34
Load cell A:
Internal 5Vdc power supply voltage error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
Check battery voltage with machine off and on is
within the indicated field.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/87
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using
the Vehicle Integrated devices
Alarm
code
Description
What to do
35
Load cell A: Thermal calibration not present error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
36
Load cell A: Check error on LIN bus message
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
37
Load cell A: CRC error of transmitted data
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
38
Load cell A: LIN bus message receiving error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
39
Load cell A: LIN bus message hour meter control error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
41
Load cell B: CRC error of the parameters inside load sensor.
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
42
Load cell B: Over range signal reading error (10-990)
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
43
Load cell B: Over range internal offset reading error (526-586)
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
44
Load cell B: Internal 5Vdc power supply voltage error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
45
Load cell B: Thermal calibration not present error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
46
Load cell B: Check error on LIN bus message
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
47
Load cell B: CRC error of transmitted data
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
48
Load cell B: LIN bus message receiving error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
49
Load cell B: LIN bus message hour meter control error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
51
Difference too wide between load cells A and B readings
52
Difference too wide between load percentages detected by channel 1 and 2
61
Twin safety input congruency error for ground outriggers reading.
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
62
Twin safety input congruency error for closed boom reading.
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
63
Inputs congruency error by mode selector
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
64
Exclusion key input active at ignition error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
65
Movements block re-arm input active at ignition error.
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
66
Feedback in frequency signal reading error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
67
Feedback signal reading of external actuator 1 error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
68
Feedback signal reading of external actuator 2 error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
71
Analogical signal reading from over range joystick error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
72
Pressure transducer reading for re-arm check with joystick error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
73
CAN BUS messages receiving from optional external unit error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
81
Buttons pressed at ignition error
Contact the after-sales technical assistance
C/88
Perform calibration test
Perform calibration test
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
C/89
Mod. Agri Farmer
Getting to Know and Using
the Vehicle Integrated devices
C/90
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
MAINTENANCE AND
REGISTRATION
D
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/1
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
EVerY mODIFICATION mADe TO THe VeHICLe LeADS TO A NeW VerIFICATION OF CONFOrmITY WITH THe 2006/42/EC MACHINerY DIreCTIVe THIS
PrOCeDUre IS ALSO VALID IN THe CASe OF rePAIrS WITH NON-OrIGINAL
SPAre PArTS.
ALL ProcedUres or maintenance oPerations not descriBed in
tHis manUaL mUst Be PerFormed BY aUtHorised WorKsHoPs and
BY QUaLiFied staFF.
THe oPerator maY onLY carrY oUt tHe FoLLoWing cHecKs: LiQUid
LeVeL cHecK, air FiLter cLeaning, tYre PressUre cHecK. THese
oPerations mUst Be PerFormed in comPLiance WitH saFetY standards as descriBed in tHis manUaL.
THe KnUrLed PLates (BULB PLates) and tHe caB FLoor are tHe
onLY Parts oF tHe VeHicLe tHat can Be stePPed on: Use a Ladder
(sUitaBLe For tHe PUrPose intended) For maintenance Parts tHat
cannot Be reacHed From tHe groUnd.
It is mandatorY to HaVe read and Learned cHaPters “B“ and “C”
(SaFetY Standards/to KnoW and Use tHe VeHicLe) BeFore reading
cHaPter “D”.
It is ProHiBited to start to serVice tHe VeHicLe iF tHis cHaPter
Has not Been read and Understood.
D/2
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
MAINTENANCE PRESCRIPTIONS
INTRODUCTION
Owner/ Operator Assistance
This vehicle has been designed and built to provide maximum performance, savings and facilitate its operation in
various working conditions. Before delivery, the vehicle was
tested both by the Manufacturer and by the Dealer to ensure
its maximum condition. To preserve these conditions and
guarantee problem-free operation, it is important to carry out
the routine maintenance operations described in this manual
at an authorised DIECI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule provided.
Make note of this important data before contacting your
service centre, in order to obtain maximised service assistance from your Dealer.
1 - Specify your name, address and telephone number.
2 - Provide the model and chassis serial number of the
vehicle.
3 - Indicate the purchase date and working hours.
4 - Explain the type of malfunction.
Maintenance
This section of the Manual provides all the maintenance
prescriptions necessary for maintaining the DIECI vehicle in
perfect working condition.
This chapter also provides information on carrying out the
various adjustments necessary to keep the vehicle tuned.
The vehicle must receive regular routine maintenance in
order to give the best results. It is recommended that all
services be carried out as prescribed in the service schedule
suggested by DIECI. Remember that it is the owner’s and/or
users responsibility to keep the vehicle in safe working condition and suitable to be driven on public and private roads.
Maintenance or adjustment operations not described in this
chapter or in the rest of the manual must be carried out by
qualified personnel respecting the conditions of safety in
order to guarantee their safety and the safety of others. Only
DIECI Dealer maintenance staff have been trained to carry
out said interventions and only they have the special equipment and tools necessary to guarantee maximum safety,
precision and efficiency.
Only DIECI Dealers have access to DIECI client service
resources. Moreover, Dealers are able to offer a variety of
programmes concerning guarantee, fixed rate maintenance
and safety checks including weight tests, in compliance with
both legal and insurance requirements.
Protect the environment
It is illegal to pollute sewers, water sources or soil. Use only
authorised dumping grounds centres, including the areas
designated by the local authorities or workshops equipped
with the necessary tools for the disposal of used oils. If in
doubt, contact your local authority for relevant instructions.
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to HaVe read and Learned
cHaPters “B“-“C” (SaFetY Standards/to KnoW
and Use tHe VeHicLe) BeFore reading cHaPter
“D” and serVicing tHe VeHicLe.
Spaces for registering periodic inspections can be found at
the end of this Manual. These allow operators to plan interventions and register them in chronological order. After each
inspection, the Dealer must insert the date of intervention, a
signature and the Dealer stamp in the space.
Proper vehicle maintenance not only improves the vehicle
reliability but it also preserves vehicle value over time.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/3
Mod. Agri Farmer
D/4
Maintenance and Registering
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
DECLARATION OF FIRST INSPECTION BY MANUFACTURER
DECLARATION OF FIRST INSPECTION BY
MANUFACTURER
DIECI S.r.l. declares that every vehicle produced in its factories undergoes static and dynamic inspections before being
placed on the market in order to verify proper operation and
compliance with all relative European directives. After inspections are performed, a CE certificate is issued that corresponds to the vehicle inspected and its supplied attachments.
Every CE-marked DIECI product is supplied with its own
certificate, which must be kept by the vehicle’s legitimate
owner in accordance with the law.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/5
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
IDENTIFYING THE VEHICLE PARTS
Right side of vehicle
1
3
2
8
9
4
5
6
6
7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
7
Cab
Telescopic boom
Right rear view mirror
Right front light
Attachment holding plate
6.
7.
8.
9.
Epicycloidal reduction gear
Wheel
Engine bonnet
Right rear light
Left side of vehicle
1
9
2
10
8
7
11
6
4
3
3
5
5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Cab
Left rear light
Epicycloidal reduction gear
Cab air filter
Wheel
Diesel tank
D/6
12
7. Attachment holding plate
8. Left front light
9. Telescopic boom
10.Left rear view mirror
11. Hydrostatic oil filter
12. Hydraulic oil tank
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
IDENTIFYING THE VEHICLE PARTS
mod. AGRI FARMER 28.7 - 28.9 - 30.7 - 30.9
Engine bonnet
3
6
8
1
5
9
2
4
7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Engine air filter
Diesel Engine
Water radiator/oil/intercooler
Battery isolator switch
Engine bonnet support rod
6. Engine bonnet
7. Engine control unit/Engine fuse
8. Cooling fan
9. Battery
mod. AGRI FARMER 26.6
Rear view
Engine bonnet
6
3
10
5
11
8
1
2
9
4
7
1. Engine air filter
2. Diesel Engine
3. Water radiator/oil/intercooler
4. Battery isolator switch
5. Engine bonnet support rod
6. Engine bonnet
7. Engine control unit/Engine fuse
8. Engine cooling fan
9. Battery
10. Radiator water reservoir.
11. Radiator fan Water radiator/oil/intercooler
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/7
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
MAINTENANCE AND REGISTRATION SCHEDULE
First maintenance
Maintenance operations to be carried out are listed on the left; the graph details the time period in hours and the approximate
position of the part to be serviced. The asterisk (*) indicates maintenance in the event of the vehicle’s use in special conditions.
Check for and eliminate any leaks.
Check and tighten all hydraulic
connections and nuts and bolts.
After
50 hours
Replace external hydraulic oil filters
Power supply system primary filter.
Power supply system secondary filter.
Replace engine oil.
Replace engine oil filter.
After
250 hours
D/8
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
MAINTENANCE AND REGISTRATION SCHEDULE
First maintenance
Maintenance operations to be carried out are listed on the left; the graph details the time period in hours and the approximate
position of the part to be serviced. The asterisk (*) indicates maintenance in the event of the vehicle’s use in special conditions.
Check engine oil level.
*
Air filter cleaning.
Check radiator water level.
Check that the radiator is not clogged.
Check hydraulic oil level
Every
10 hours
Perform anti-tipping device electronic test.
Check for leaks on hydraulic circuit tubes
Boom joint pin lubrication.
Lubrication of jack feet/head.
Lubrication of raising jack feet/
head.
Lubrication of front and rear articulated pins (PIVOT).
Lubrication of rear axle oscillation
bushing (if present).
Lubrication of front axle oscillation
bushing (if present).
Lubrication of cross and Cardan
transmission shafts.
Lubrication of boom sliders.
Lubrication of fork holding plate
Lubrication of internal boom tubes.
Lubrication of boom rollers and
chains.
Every
50 hours
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/9
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
MAINTENANCE AND REGISTRATION SCHEDULE
First maintenance
Maintenance operations to be carried out are listed on the left; the graph details the time period in hours and the approximate
position of the part to be serviced. The asterisk (*) indicates maintenance in the event of the vehicle’s use in special conditions.
Air filter cleaning.
Grease differential axle.
Check tyre pressure.
Check that all nuts and bolts are tight.
Check that the radiator is not
clogged.
Check brake oil level.
Check stickers.
*
Check boom chain extension and
conditions.
Check anti-tipping device with load.
Every
100 hours
Check battery electrolyte level.
Check electric system.
Check alternator belt
Tighten wheel nuts.
Replace cab filter.
Tighten boom sliders.
Every
250 hours
D/10
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
MAINTENANCE AND REGISTRATION SCHEDULE
First maintenance
Maintenance operations to be carried out are listed on the left; the graph details the time period in hours and the approximate
position of the part to be serviced. The asterisk (*) indicates maintenance in the event of the vehicle’s use in special conditions.
Every
Power supply system primary filter.
Power supply system secondary filter.
500 hours
Replace engine oil.
Replace engine oil filter.
Empty fuel tank.
Check gear change oil level
Check epicycloidal reduction gear
oil level.
Check differential sump oil level.
Replace air filter
Replace external hydraulic oil filters
Replace hydraulic system oil
Replacement or cleaning of
hydraulic oil tank filters
Parking brake registration
Every
1000 hours
Check boom chain
Replace cooling liquid.
Replace oil in differential sump.
Replace oil level in epicycloidal
reduction gears.
Replace gear oil.
Replace distributor oil.
Replace brake oil.
Replace external hydraulic oil filters.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/11
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
CaPacitY oF Parts to LUBricate
AGRI FARMER 26.6
AGRI FARMER 28.7
UNIT DESCRIPTION
caPacitY
ENGINE OIL
FRONT WHEEL REDUCER OIL
OIL ON rEAR WHEEL REDUCERS
OIL ON FRONT DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
OIL ON REAR DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
GEAR BOX OIL
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL
OIL FOR BRAKING CIRCUIT
COOLING LIQUID
FUEL FOR TRACTION
GREASE
7.00 lt
0.9 lt
0.9 lt
3.5 lt
3.8 lt
1.5 lt
130 lt
1.0 lt
7.0 lt
100 lt
4 Kg
AGRI FARMER 28.9
UNIT DESCRIPTION
ENGINE OIL
FRONT WHEEL REDUCER OIL
OIL ON rEAR WHEEL REDUCERS
OIL ON FRONT DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
OIL ON REAR DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
GEAR BOX OIL
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL
OIL FOR BRAKING CIRCUIT
COOLING LIQUID
FUEL FOR TRACTION
GREASE
caPacitY
7.00 lt
0.9 lt
0.9 lt
3.5 lt
3.8 lt
1.5 lt
140 lt
1.0 lt
7.0 lt
100 lt
4 Kg
AGRI FARMER 30.7
UNIT DESCRIPTION
caPacitY
ENGINE OIL
FRONT WHEEL REDUCER OIL
OIL ON rEAR WHEEL REDUCERS
OIL ON FRONT DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
OIL ON REAR DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
GEAR BOX OIL
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL
OIL FOR BRAKING CIRCUIT
COOLING LIQUID
FUEL FOR TRACTION
GREASE
7.00 lt
0.9 lt
0.9 lt
3.5 lt
3.8 lt
1.5 lt
140 lt
1.0 lt
7.0 lt
100 lt
4 Kg
UNIT DESCRIPTION
ENGINE OIL
FRONT WHEEL REDUCER OIL
OIL ON rEAR WHEEL REDUCERS
OIL ON FRONT DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
OIL ON REAR DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
GEAR BOX OIL
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL
OIL FOR BRAKING CIRCUIT
COOLING LIQUID
FUEL FOR TRACTION
GREASE
caPacitY
7.00 lt
0.9 lt
0.9 lt
3.5 lt
3.8 lt
1.5 lt
140 lt
1.0 lt
7.0 lt
100 lt
4 Kg
AGRI FARMER 30.9
UNIT DESCRIPTION
caPacitY
ENGINE OIL
FRONT WHEEL REDUCER OIL
OIL ON rEAR WHEEL REDUCERS
OIL ON FRONT DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
OIL ON REAR DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
GEAR BOX OIL
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL
OIL FOR BRAKING CIRCUIT
COOLING LIQUID
FUEL FOR TRACTION
GREASE
D/12
7.00 lt
0.9 lt
0.9 lt
3.5 lt
3.8 lt
1.5 lt
140 lt
1.0 lt
7.0 lt
100 lt
4 Kg
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
COMPARATIVE OIL TABLE
ENGINE OIL
HYDRAULIC OIL
AXLES
AND GEAR
OLIO CAMBIO
E PONTI
BOX OIL WITH
SELF-BLOCKING
DIFFERENTIAL
BRAKES AND
INCHING OIL
PURE
RADIATOR
GREASE
Sigma Turbo 15w40
Arnica 46
Rotra MP/S 85w90
ATF II D
Antifreeze
Grease MU EP 2
CASTROL
Turbomax SHPDO
Hydraulic Lift 46
Hypoy LS 90
TQ-D
Antifreeze
Spheerol APT 2
CHEVRON
Delo 400 Multigrade
15w40
Rando HD Z 46
Supreme LS gear
Lubricant
ATF II D
Antifreeze-Coolant
Dura-Lith EP 2
Grease MP EP 2
AGIP
ERG
TD 401 15w40
Hydro 46 HVI
Gear LSD 75w90
ATF Universal
Fluido per Radiatori
concentrato
Exxon-Mobil
Delvac MX 15w40
Univis N 46
Mobilube 85w90 LS
ATF 220
Antifreeze
Mobilux Ep 2
IP
Tarus Turbo 15w40
Hydrus H.I. 46
Pontiac LS 85w90
Trasmission Fluid DX
Antifreeze
Athesia Grease EP 2
OROIL
Super Truck 15w40 LD
HVLP 46
Fluid Gear LSD 75w90
ATF Universal
Antifreeze
EPX Grease 2
Q8
T 700 SAE 15w40
Handel 46
T 65 LS 75w90
Auto 14
Antifreeze
Rembrandt EP 2
SHELL
Rimula R3 15w40
Tellus T 46
Spirax LS 90
Antifreeze
Retinax EP 2
REPSOL
HVLP 46
Cartago Autoblocante
EP
Matic ATF
Respol Blu Concentrato
Grasa Litica EP 2
Hydromatic DX
Rol Fluid
Litex EP 2
TEXACO
Diesel Turbo THPD
15w40
Dolomiti Super HD
15w40
Ursa Super Premium
TDX 15W40
Dextron II
Antifreeze-Coolant
Multifak EP 2
TOTAL
Rubia Tir 6400
Fluide ATX
Antifreeze
Multis EP 2
ROLOIL
LI 46 HIV
Rando HD Z 46
Equivis ZS 46
Trasmission X4
- ATTENTION -
- PROHIBITION -
FOR CONSUMPTION QUANTITIES OF THE PRODUCTS SEE “CAPACITY OF PARTS TO LUBRICATE”
IN CHAPTER “G” -”VEHICLE TECHNICAL DATA AND
TECHNICAL FEATURES”.
DO NOT USE
SYNTHETIC-BASED OIL
DIECI decLines aLL LiaBiLitY iF oiLs diFFerent to tHose recommended are
Used.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/13
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
BatterY isoLator sWitcH
(fig.1/D Pos.”1”)
The battery isolator switch is located in the engine bonnet
next to the battery. Its function is to cut off power to the electrical system, opening the circuit on the negative pole.
- Turn the handle clockwise to open the circuit and disconnect the electrical power supply (fig.2/D).
- Turn the handle anti-clockwise (fig.1/D) to restore starting
conditions and close the circuit.
- ATTENTION The battery isolator switch must be used only with the
vehicle off.
1
- ATTENTION Use the battery isolator switch to open the electrical circuit each time the vehicle is serviced.
D/14
(fig.1/D)
Routine work position - Closed circuit
(fig.2/D)
Maintenance position - Open circuit
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
OPENING THE ENGINE BONNET
(fig.5/D)
The engine bonnet is equipped with an outer locking handle
(fig.5/D Pos.”1”).
To open:
- Insert the key in the lock (fig.5/D Pos.”2”) and turn clockwise/counter-clockwise to engage/disengage the lock.
- Pull the handle towards you to unhook the bonnet with
the lock disengaged.
NOTE:
The bonnet handle will not open with the lock engaged.
(fig.5/D)
1
To insert the locking rod (fig. 6/D Pos.”1”):
- Push the engine bonnet upwards until the locking hinge
has been fully extended.
- With one hand, push one of the two sides of the locking hinge (fig.6/D Pos.”6”) to make sure it is completely extended.
2
- ATTENTION
Before leaving the bonnet, always check by hand that the locking hinge is fully extended and will keep the bonnet open safely. Take due care to not injure hands during the locking check.
To close the bonnet:
- Hold the bonnet up with one hand
- With the other hand, pull one of the two locking hinge
sides (fig.6/D Pos.”2”) toward you to unhook it.
- Accompany the bonnet down to lower.
- ATTENTION
Once the lock is disengaged, take due care not to cause the
sudden fall of the bonnet, risk of crushing.
1
- ATTENTION
Do not underestimate the weight or overall dimensions of
the bonnet.
2
- PROHIBITION it is ProHiBited to open the engine bonnet with the diesel engine running. Before opening the bonnet, switch the engine off and remove the ignition key, hang up a sign in the cab
that reads “maintenance work under way”, disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator switch”, see page D/14.
(fig.6/D)
2
- PROHIBITION Operating the vehicle with the bonnet open
IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
At the end of the maintenance operations, the bonnet
must always be locked.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/15
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
ENGINE
FOR ENGINE, AIR FILTER, and FUEL FILTER maintenance ETC. careFULLY FoLLoW THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED IN THE sPeciaLLY
incLUded HANDBOOK.
THE ENGINE USE AND MAINTENANCE HANDBOOK IS
AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE VEHICLE.
IT MUST ALWAYS BE KEPT IN THE CAB.
(fig.8/D)
D/16
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
UNDERSIDE PROTECTION REMOVAL
To perform the maintenance interventions listed below, the
vehicle underside protection must be temporarily removed
from the vehicle.
A
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carrY oUt
tHe maintenance/controL oPerations.
(fig.9/D)
The underside protections protect the bottom of the vehicle
and the mechanics applied from any blows, collisions, dirt.
The vehicle has one underside protection:
- Engine Underside Protection (fig.9/D Pos.”A”)
Remove engine underside protection (fig.9/D Pos.”A”) to
perform the following maintenance:
- Replace Diesel engine oil
- Replace Diesel engine oil filter
- Replace Diesel engine fuel filter
- ATTENTION
Remove the underside protection only after having:
-
Take the vehicle onto firm and level ground.
Retracted and lowered the boom
Position cylinders in transport mode.
Switched the engine off and removed the ignition key.
Position a plate in the cab indicating “maintenance in
progress”.
- Disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator
switch” see page D/14.
- ATTENTION
Remove the guards and underside protection with care, taking all of the precautions necessary in order to prevent damage and/or injury. Once maintenance operations have been
completed, remount the guards and underside protections.
- ATTENTION
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety ” paragraph page B/16.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/17
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
PEDALS
Accelerator
(fig.14/D Pos.”1”)
The accelerator is an electronic type accelerator, and as
such it does not require routine maintenance.
2
Brakes
(fig.14/D Pos.”2”)
Hydraulic brakes do not require registration.
1
(fig.14/D)
Check the reservoir found in the front of the cab under the
guard (fig.15/D Pos.”1”) regularly. Oil must always be level;
or rather the reservoir must always be full.
2
The intermittent switch-on of the indicator light on the dashboard (fig.15/D Pos.”2”), indicates the low level in the reservoir. On switch-on of the indicator light, immediately interrupt
the work operations and top up the reservoir, taking the oil
to the correct level.
1
Before re-starting the work operations, make sure that the
light on the dashboard is off and brake a few times at low
speed (2km/h) for a brief tract (10m) in order to check regular functioning.
(fig.15/D)
D/18
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
- ATTENTION -
1
It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
2
To top up:
- Take the vehicle onto firm and level ground.
- Retract the boom completely and lower it.
- Position cylinders in transport mode.
- Switch the engine off and remove the ignition key.
- Position a plate in the cab indicating “maintenance in progress”.
- Disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator
switch” see page D/14.
- Unscrew tank cap (fig.16/D Pos.”1”), turning it counterclockwise.
- Check that oil is level. If it is not, fill the reservoir (fig.16/D
Pos.”2”).
- Screw on the tank cap, turning it clockwise. Do not tighten
it too much.
- Clean any spillage.
A slight lowering of the level is due to normal consumption of
brake pads.
If the brake pedal seems too ‘elastic’, contact your DIECI dealer
to have this fault corrected.
(fig.16/D)
- ATTENTION If the indicator light “2” switches on (fig.15/D) the parking
brake is blocked.
- PROHIBITION Operation when brake oil is not level
is STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
The brakes could operate irregularly with the risk of
accidents.
- ATTENTION
Do not press the brake pedal until top-up has been completed.
Check that the tank has been closed before acting on the pedal.
- ATTENTION
Periodically check the condition of all brake pipes and tubes.
If the level is drastically reduced there is a system leak.
Contact your DIECI Dealer to replace all damaged, corroded
or worn tubes.
- ATTENTION
Always use the recommended type of oil, as indicated in the
lubrication table.
This type of oil can ruin coated surfaces and plastic dashboard parts.
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety ” paragraph page B/16.
“INCHING” PedaL
(Fig.17/D pos.”3”)
The pedal does not require any regulation because it is in
direct contact with the inching valve.
3
(fig.17/D)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/19
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
PARKING BRAKE
(fig.20/D pos.”1”)
The electrically controlled parking brake does not need routine maintenance.
- ATTENTION
In the event the parking brake fails do not use the vehicle.
If the brake is not effective, contact your DIECI dealer to
have this fault corrected.
Unauthorised modifications of the rear axle ratio, the vehicle
weight, or wheel and tyre dimensions may compromise proper functioning of the parking brake.
1
(fig.20/D)
- ATTENTION If the indicator light “2” switches on (fig.21/C) the parking brake is blocked.
Do not adVance WitH tHe VeHicLe.
Consult the “Brakes“ paragraph (page D/18) in this manual
to top-up the brakes oil.
If the indicator light should remain on, contact a DIeCI
after-sales centre.
2
(fig.21/C)
D/20
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
HYdraULic oiL LeVeL
(Fig.22/D Pos.”1”)
The hydraulic oil tank is positioned inside the chassis, under
the base of the telescopic arm (fig.23/D Pos.”1”).
The oil level can be checked via the transparent cap located
on the left side of the tank itself (fig. 22/D Pos “1”)
The level is correct when the oil can be seen through the
transparent cap (fig.22/D Pos.”1”) with all vehicle cylinders
in transport position.
To correctly check the level:
- Park the vehicle on a level surface.
(fig.22/D)
- Retract the boom completely and lower it.
- Position cylinders in transport mode.
1
- Switch off the engine.
- Check the oil level via the transparent indicator (fig.22/D
Pos.”1”).
If the oil is not level, carry out the following operations:
- Park the vehicle on a level and compact surface.
- Retract the boom completely and lower it to horizontal
position.
- Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
- Remove the top up cap (fig.23/D Pos.”2”) and pour in
the DIECI recommended oil.
Top up the quantity necessary to bring it back to level.
1
- ATTENTION
When topping up, do not exceed level and immediately
clean any spillage.
- ATTENTION
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “ Carrying out maintenance in safety ” paragraph page B/16.
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
2
(fig.23/D)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/21
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
CHanging HYdraULic oiL and rePLacing
FiLters mOD. AGRI FARMER 28.7-28.9-30.7-30.9
Inside the tank there is a mesh filter (fig.27/D Pos.”3”) are
present inside the tank. These prevent any hazardous particles from entering the hydraulic system.
The replacement of hydraulic oil and internal tank filters
must always be carried out in order. It is not possible to
service only one of the two components.
To correctly change oil and filters:
- Bring the vehicle to a halt on flat ground.
- Retract the boom completely and lower it to horizontal
position.
- Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
(fig.26/D)
1
- Place a suitable capacity container under the drain plug.
- Remove the drain plug (fig.28/D Pos.”1”) to drain the oil.
Remove the loading plug (fig.27/D Pos.”2”) to accelerate
emptying.
- Once the tank is completely empty, remove the flange
(fig.27/D Pos.”1”), unscrewing its bolts to access the inside of the tank.
- Use a fork spanner to remove the filter (fig.27/D Pos.”3”)
inside the tank.
- Insert new filters, tightening them with the fork spanner.
3
- Reposition the flange (fig.27/D Pos.”1”) in its housing,
and tighten the bolts.
- Reinsert the drain plug (fig.28/D Pos.”1”).
- Fill up the tank to level via its filler cap (fig.27/D Pos.”2”).
- Once the tank has been filled, tighten the filler cap
(fig.27/D Pos.”2”).
- Start up the vehicle and move hydraulic cylinders to discharge any air bubbles.
- Check the hydraulic oil level again and top up if necessary.
Waste oil is potentially harmful to the environment
and must always be disposed of appropriately.
2
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
1
(fig.27/D)
1
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
(fig.28/D)
D/22
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
CHanging HYdraULic oiL and rePLacing
FiLters MOD. AGRI FARMER 26.6
The Agri Farmer 26.6 has two tanks; the upper tank is on the
left side between the boom and chassis (fig 30/D Pos. “4”)
and the lower tank is under the base of the raising cylinder
(fig.31/D Pos. “1”).
Inside the upper tank there is a mesh filter (fig.30/D Pos.”3”) are
present inside the tank. These prevent any hazardous particles
from entering the hydraulic system. The replacement of hydraulic oil and internal tank filters must always be carried out in order. It is not possible to service only one of the two components.
To correctly change oil and filters:
- Bring the vehicle to a halt on flat ground.
(fig.29/D)
2
- Retract the boom completely and lower it to horizontal
position.
- Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
- Place a container of appropriate capacity under the discharge cap (fig. 31/D Pos. “1”)
- Remove the drain plugs (fig.31/D Pos.”1”) to drain the
oil. Remove the loading plug (fig.30/D Pos.”2”, fig.31/D
Pos.”2”) to accelerate emptying.
3
4
- Once the tank is completely empty, remove the flange
(fig.30/D Pos.”1”), unscrewing its bolts to access the inside of the tank.
- Use a fork spanner to remove the filter (fig.30/D Pos.”3”)
inside the tank.
- Insert new filters, tightening them with the fork spanner.
- Reposition the flange (fig.30/D Pos.”1”) in its housing,
and tighten the bolts.
- Reinsert the drain plug (fig.31/D Pos.”1”) and the load
plug (fig.31/D Pos.”2”).
- Fill up the tank to level via its filler cap (fig.30/D Pos.”2”).
- Once the tank has been filled, tighten the top up cap
(fig.30/D Pos.”2”).
- Start up the vehicle and move hydraulic cylinders to discharge any air bubbles.
2
1
(fig.30/D)
- Check the hydraulic oil level again and top up if necessary.
2
Waste oil is potentially harmful to the environment and
must always be disposed of appropriately.
- ATTENTION -
1
It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
(fig.31/D)
1
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
1
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/23
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM OIL FILTER
(fig.34/D pos.”1”)
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
1
Operate as follows to correctly replace:
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
2. Retract the boom completely and raise it just enough to
insert the safety rod on the raising cylinder blocking rod.
3. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
(fig.34/D)
4. Place a container under the filter to collect any oil that
may come out during replacement.
5. Insert the “boom support” safety rod on the raising cylinder blocking rod; set suitable safety supports (e.g. tripods) on the telescopic boom.
6. Close the valve of the supply tube filter (fig. 35/D Pos. “1”)
7. Remove the filter cartridge, unscrewing it using a ribbon
spanner (fig.36/D).
8. Clean the filter support with a clean cloth which will not
leave felt, making sure the old sealing ring is removed.
9. Take the new DIECI approved filter. Lubricate with the same
oil as used on the oil seal gasket.
10. Screw in the filter using only your hands, taking care to
set the lubricated oil gasket in its proper position.
(fig.35/D)
11. Open the “supply tube filter” valve and block it with a nylon clamp (fig.35/D Pos.”1”).
12. Switch on the vehicle and make sure there are no leaks.
1
- ATTENTION
The Agri Farmer 26.6 (fig.35/D Pos.”1”) does not have
the valve. Do not carry out operations described in
numbers 6 and 11.
- ATTENTION
Waste oil is potentially harmful to the environment and
must be disposed of properly.
For replacement of the filters, contact a DIeCI after-
sales centre.
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
(fig.36/D)
D/24
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
FUEL TANK
(fig.29/D Pos.”1”)
Cleaning
2
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
1
For correct cleaning:
1. Park the vehicle on a level and compact surface.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
3. Disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator
switch” see page D/16.
(fig.37/D)
3. Place a container of suitable capacity under the drain
plugs (fig.38/D Pos.”3”) to collect fuel that may leak out
during cleaning.
4. Unscrew the tank’s filler cap (fig.37/D Pos.”2”).
5. Unscrew the tank’s drain cap, situated underneath the
tank (fig.38/D Pos.”3”).
6. Let fuel drain, then top up ten litres of clean fuel through
the top up opening to eliminate any residual impurities.
7. Re-insert the drain cap and tighten it securely.
8. Top up the tank with clean fuel and replace cap.
- ATTENTION
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “ Carrying out maintenance in safety ” paragraph page B/16.
- ATTENTION -
3
Fuel is highly inflammable.
Do not smoke and do not approach with a flame
during these operations.
Risk of fire or explosion.
Waste fuel is potentially harmful to the environment and must be disposed of appropriately.
(fig.38/D)
To clean and drain the diesel tank, contact a DIeCI
after-sales centre.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/25
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
WATER/OIL RADIATOR
MOD. AGRI FARMER 28.7-28.9-30.7-30.9
2
- ATTENTION These operations must be carried out when
the engine is cold.
Radiator grill cleaning
Radiator grills (fig.41/D Pos.”1”, fig.42/D Pos.”1”) and air
recirculation networks (fig.43/D Pos.”A-B-C”) must be kept
as clean as possible to allow for maximum heat exchange
between the radiator and the circulating air. To remove impurities, use a low pressure air jet directing it from the inside
towards the outside. Then pass the jet of air on the inner
parts covered with dirt. If dirt is particularly compact, soften
it with a low pressure water jet before using the air.
1
(fig.41/D)
- ATTENTION
Consult the engine operation and maintenance handbook before using jets of air or water.
- ATTENTION
Heat exchange flaps are very delicate. Do not use rags or
brushes to clean them. Jets of water and air must be directed horizontally.
1
Cooling liquid level check
During normal vehicle use, the water level should be at 3 cm
under the radiator cap (fig.41/D Pos.”2”).
Verification of the correct level of cooling liquid must be carried out as follows:
1. Stop the vehicle on a flat surface.
(fig.42/D)
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
C
3. Slowly turn the radiator cap (fig.41/D Pos.”2”) counterclockwise until reaching the safety pin.
4. Discharge pressure and steam.
5. Remove the cap.
6. Check the coolant level. If necessary, top up using a mixture of water and antifreeze.
7. To reinsert the cap follow these steps in the opposite order.
A
- ATTENTION
If frequent top ups are necessary in normal working conditions,
verify that there are no cooling system leaks. Contact a DIECI
after-sales centre if problems arise.
- ATTENTION -
B
Use demineralised water to fill the cooling system. Calcareous water may cause incrustations and premature
system ageing.
(fig.43/D)
D/26
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
1
Replacing cooling liquid
For correct replacement of cooling liquid:
1. Stop the vehicle on a flat surface.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
(fig.44/D)
3. Place a container under the radiator to collect any cooling
liquid which may come out during replacement.
5. Remove the sleeve (fig.45/D, pos.”1”) to drain radiator water;
remove the loading cap to speed up the emptying process.
6. Allow the cooling circuit to drain completely.
7. Check the conditions of the sleeves and their fastenings.
Replace them if necessary.
8. Rinse the radiator with clean water, pouring it in the top up
cap (fig.44/D Pos.”1”), making it drain through the sleeve inlet (fig.45/D Pos.”1”). If necessary, add a detergent product
to the clean water.
1
C
9. Once cleaning has been completed, close the drain inlet by
reinserting the sleeve (fig.45/D Pos.”1”).
10. Fill up the cooling system from the cap (fig.44/D Pos.”1”)
up to level (3 cm below the radiator cap) with the previously
prepared cooling liquid.
11. Close the cap (fig.44/D Pos.”1”) and switch on the engine
and allow it run at minimum for a few minutes.
12. Make sure that there are no leaks, check the level and, if
necessary, add more liquid.
(fig.45/D)
Waste coolant is potentially harmful to the environment and
must be disposed of appropriately.
- ATTENTION Use demineralised water to fill the cooling system. Calcareous water may cause incrustations and premature
system ageing. The radiator must always be filled with
a distilled water and anti-freeze solution in order to prevent corrosions and freezing of the water in the system.
THe miXtUre Percentages can Be FoUnd on tHe
anti-FreeZe BoXes.
- ATTENTION To change the refrigerant liquid, contact
a DIeCI after-sales centre.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/27
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
AGRI FARMER 26.6 WATER RADIATOR / OIL
- ATTENTION These operations must be carried out when
the engine is cold.
2
1
Radiator grill cleaning
Radiator grills (fig.48/D Pos.”1”), cooling fans (fig.48/D Pos.
“2” – fig.49/D Pos.”1”) and the air recirculation grills (fig.50/D
Pos.”A”,”B”,”C”,”D”,”E”) must be kept as clean as possible to
maximise heat exchange between the radiator and the circulating air. To remove impurities, use a low pressure air jet
directing it from the inside towards the outside. Then pass
the jet of air on the inner parts covered with dirt. If dirt is
particularly compact, soften it with a low pressure water jet
before using the air. Remove any dirt that has accumulated
in the conveyor of the fan motor with compressed air and a
cloth wet cloth that does not leave residue.
(fig.48/D)
- ATTENTION
Consult the engine operation and maintenance handbook before using jets of air or water.
2
- ATTENTION
Heat exchange flaps are very delicate. Do not use rags or
brushes to clean them. Jets of water and air must be directed horizontally.
Cooling liquid level check
1
1
(fig.49/D)
During normal vehicle use the radiator water reservoir
(fig.51/D Pos.”1”) must always be at level. The level is correct when the water is just above halfway (fig. 51/D Pos. “A”).
Verification of the correct level of cooling liquid must be carried out as follows:
E
1. Stop the vehicle on a flat surface.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
3. Slowly turn the radiator reservoir cap (fig. 51/D Pos.”2”)
counter-clockwise until reaching the safety pin.
C
4. Discharge pressure and steam.
5. Remove the cap.
6. Check the coolant level. If necessary, top up using a mixture of water and antifreeze.
7. To reinsert the cap follow these steps in the opposite order.
A
- ATTENTION
If frequent top ups are necessary in normal working conditions, verify that there are no cooling system leaks. Contact
a DIECI after-sales centre if problems arise.
- ATTENTION -
B
Use demineralised water to fill the cooling system. Calcareous water may cause incrustations and premature
system ageing.
D
(fig.50/D)
D/28
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Replacing cooling liquid
2
For correct replacement of cooling liquid:
1. Stop the vehicle on a flat surface.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
A
1
3. Place a container under the radiator to collect any cooling liquid which may come out during replacement.
5. Remove the sleeve (fig.52/D, pos.”1”) to drain radiator water;
remove the loading cap to speed up the emptying process.
6. Allow the cooling circuit to drain completely.
7. Check the conditions of the sleeves and their fastenings.
Replace them if necessary.
8. Loosen the air vent connectors (fig.51/D, pos.”3”-”4”) just
enough so that the air can escape during filling.
(fig.51/D)
9. Rinse the radiator with clean water, pouring it in the top
up cap (fig.51/D Pos.”2”), making it drain through the sleeve inlet (fig.52/D Pos.”1”). If necessary, add a detergent
product to the clean water.
10. Once cleaning has been completed, close the drain inlet
by reinserting the sleeve (fig.52/D Pos.”1”).
12.Fill up the cooling system from the cap (fig. 51/D Pos.”2”)
up to level (fig. 51/D Pos.”A”) with the previously prepared cooling liquid.
4
3
13.Start up the engine. Bring the engine to temperature to
allow the water recirculation valve to open.
14.Maintain the water level and add water to the reservoir
when it is empty, bringing it back up to the correct level.
When necessary, repeat the operation to obtain the
complete filling of the cooling system. When water seeps
out from the previously loosened connectors (fig. 51/D,
pos.”3”-”4”), the cooling system is completely full.
15. When filling is complete, tighten the two loosened vents (fig.
51/D, pos.”3”-”4”) and close the filler cap (fig.51/D Pos.”2”).
16.Ensure that there are no leaks.
1
17. Monitor the water level in the reservoir during the first
8 hours of vehicle operation, as the water level may do
down again. If it goes down, top it up.
Waste coolant is potentially harmful to the environment and
must be disposed of appropriately.
- ATTENTION Use demineralised water to fill the cooling system.
Calcareous water may cause incrustations and
premature system ageing.
The radiator must always be filled with a distilled water
and anti-freeze solution in order to prevent corrosions
and freezing of the water in the system.
(fig.52/D)
THe miXtUre Percentages can Be FoUnd on tHe
anti-FreeZe BoXes.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/29
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
Air FiLter
2
(fig.56/D Pos.”1”)
Cartridge Cleaning / Replacement
C
1
An air filter in poor conditions can cause a reduction in power,
excessive fuel consumption and shorten engine life.
3
Filter clogging is signalled by an indicator light found on the left
dashboard (fig.63/D Pos.”1”); once the indicator light switches
on the vehicle can be used for a maximum of 10 hours.
Maintenance must however be carried out as often as described.
Filter cleaning should be carried out with compressed air at
maximum of 3 Bar and at a distance not less than 150mm,
taking due caution to not damage components.
Use a wet cloth which will not leave residue to clean the box
and cover.
(fig.56/D)
1
For correct cleaning:
1. Stop the vehicle on a flat, level surface.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
3. Open and lock the bonnet.
4. Pull towards you the locking levers (fig. 57/D Pos.”1”), located at the four corners of the filter cover (fig. 56/D Pos.”2”) .
(fig.57/D)
5. Remove the cover (fig.56/D Pos.”2”).
6. Push the internal handle (fig.58/D Pos.”1”) toward the
cab (as indicated by the arrow) and pull it upward to extract the secondary filter.
1
7. Slide the paper filter (fig.59/D Pos.”1”) from the support, turning downward and over the part with a gasket. Keep one
hand under it to prevent it from falling and being ruined.
8. Remove the primary filter (fig.60/D Pos.”1”), pulling the
extraction flap toward the (fig.60/D Pos.”2”) side or the
central plastic (fig.60/D Pos.”3”).
9. Clean and replace filters and remount them following the
same instructions in the opposite order.
(fig.58/D)
- ATTENTION
Clean filters only when the indicator light signals clogging or
at scheduled maintenance intervals. Unnecessary, frequent
cleaning exposes components to handling damage which
can allow dust and dirt to pass into the filtering phases, causing damage to the engine.
1
- ATTENTION
Filtration components which come into contact with any type of
liquid will have to be replaced.
Regularly check the suction sleeves and replace them immediately if worn or damaged. Regularly check that bolts and
clamps are properly tightened. No air should be allowed to
enter the engine without having first passed through the filter.
(fig.59/D)
2
3
1
(fig.60/D)
D/30
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
During filter cartridge replacement, the primary suction ducts
(fig.56/D Pos.”3”) must be cleaned in addition to the filter
holding plate.
2
Follow the operations listed below:
1. Remove bolts from the primary suction tube duct
(fig.62/D Pos.”1”).
1
2. Remove the duct and clean it with a jet of compressed air.
3. Remove the front filter bolt (fig.61/D Pos.”1”) and remove
the air input inlet (fig.61/D Pos.”2”).
4. Use a wet cloth that will not leave residue. Clean every
air input inlet.
(fig.61/D)
5. Repeat the same steps in the opposite order to remount
all components.
- ATTENTION
1
In the event that connecting gaskets between the suction
duct and filter should become worn, replace them.
- ATTENTION
Do not operate with an improperly assembled or damaged filter.
- ATTENTION
For the complete efficiency of the filter, it is advised to operate with the filter complete with all parts and components.
All worn parts should be replaced as quickly as possible.
(fig.62/D)
- PROHIBITION -
C
1
Operating the vehicle without the engine air filter
IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
The engine suctions in air continuously during use.
Dust that enters into circulation can cause serious
system damage.
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
(fig.63/D)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/31
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
CaB VENTILATION FiLter
(fig.67/D Pos.”1”)
Routine maintenance should be carried out at the prescribed
intervals.
On changing the cab ventilation filter, clean the intake pipe
(fig.67/D Pos.”2”) using a jet of air from the inside of the cab
to the outside.
Clean the air intake grill (fig.68/D Pos.”1”) at the end of every working day using a jet of air.
1
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
(fig.66/D)
Below you can find the sequence for proper replacement
operations:
1
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
2. Completely retract and lower the boom.
3. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang
up a sign saying “maintenance work under way”.
4. Remove the guard, in the left of the seat (fig.66/D
Pos.”1”), by unscrewing the fastening screws.
5. Remove the worn filter and insert the new one (fig.67/D
Pos.”1”).
6. Reassemble the guard
7. Restart the engine with the fan moving to verify that the
operation is correct.
2
(fig.67/D)
- ATTENTION
Do not clean the clogged filter with air or water and re-use.
At the end of its life, the filter loses determined features which
cannot be restored.
- IMPORTANT
In the event of vehicle use in particularly dust rich environments (haylofts, etc.); the filter life is reduced by 100 hours.
If the ventilation system malfunctions, check for filter clogging.
1
In the event that malfunctions persist even after filter replacement, contact a DIECI service centre.
- ATTENTION
Do not use the vehicle without a cab filter.
Dust that enters the cab can cause health risks for the operator
and ventilation system malfunction.
- ATTENTION
For replacement of the engine air filter, contact a DIeCI
after-sales centre.
(fig.68/D)
D/32
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Air conditioning (OPtionaL)
1
C
Cleaning the system
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
1. Park the vehicle on a level and compact surface.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
3. Disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator
switch” see page D/14.
4. Wait for the engine to cool.
5. Remove the protective guard (fig.69/D Pos”1”).
6. Clean the condenser (fig.70/D Pos”1”), directing the
compressed air, at a maximum pressure of 7 bar, through the radiant mass, from the side opposite the normal
air flow. Jets of air must be directed perpendicularly to
the surface of the radiator.
7. Be careful not to damage radiator flaps.
8. After cleaning, replace the condenser.
(fig.69/D)
2
C
1
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
- ATTENTION
(fig.70/D)
Should the conditioning system not work properly, immediately inspect the condenser.
Check the gas load every year via the corresponding valves (fig.71/D Pos”2”).
- ATTENTION
Replace the radiator filter (fig.70/D Pos”2”) every 2 years.
Its breakage could cause serious damage to the conditioning system and cause the introduction of particles into the
air that are harmful to the operator’s health. Turn on the air
conditioning for two minutes every 15 days, even during the
winter. In this way, the moveable parts like the compressor
and the system in general can be lubricated. DO NOT loosen any air conditioning system tubes. Contact between the
skin and coolant can cause freezing.
- ATTENTION
1
(fig.71/D)
For the maintenance of the air conditioning system,
contact a DIECI after-sales centre.
2
Compressor belt tension
1. Park the vehicle on a level and compact surface.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
3. Disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator
switch” see page D/14.
4. Wait for the engine to cool.
5. Check compressor belt tension (fig.71 Pos.”1”) every
500 hours.
- ATTENTION Compressor belt tension must be checked in
a DIECI after-sales centre.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/33
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
CYLINDER BLOCK VALVES
Cylinder block valves hinder uncontrolled movement of the
cylinder pistons in case of lacking hydraulic or bursting pressure of a flexible pipe.
The valves are directly mounted on the cylinders.
Verifying proper operation of cylinder non return valves
- ATTENTION
Do not allow anybody near the vehicle while these checks are
being carried out.
- ATTENTION
One movement at a time should be checked during
verifications.
In the event of malfunction, do not use the vehicle until
it has been repaired.
Contact a DIeCI after-sales centre.
A)Boom raising cylinders: (fig.74/D)
1. Start up the engine. Make sure that the parking brake is
engaged and the transmission in neutral.
2. Lift the boom to a 45° angle.
3. When the engine is running at 1400 RPMs, engage the
control lever to lower the boom. During boom movement
stop the engine. The boom must slow down and stop as
the engine slows down and stops.
If the boom continues to move even after the motor stops,
the boom raising cylinders are faulty. Repair the defect as
quickly as possible, contact a DIECI service centre.
(fig.74/D)
(Boom raising cylinder block valve)
D/34
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
B)Boom extension cylinder: (fig.75/D)
1. Start up the engine. Make sure that the parking brake is
engaged and the transmission in neutral.
2. Raise the boom and extend it completely.
3. When the engine is running at 1400 RPMs, engage the
control lever to retract the boom. During boom movement stop the engine. The boom must slow down and
stop as the engine slows down and stops.
If the boom continues to move even after the engine is
switched off, the block valve is faulty. Repair the defect as
quickly as possible, contact a DIECI service centre.
(fig.75/D)
(Boom internal extension cylinder block valve)
C)Fork swivel cylinder: (fig.76/D)
1. Start the engine, pick-up a load on the forks (e.g. a load
of bricks or bales of hay).
Tilt the forks completely backwards.
2. Engage the parking brake and put the transmission in
neutral.
3. Lift the boom off the ground just enough necessary to
allow the forward inclination of the forks.
4. When the engine is running at 1400 RPMs, engage the
control lever to tilt the forks forward. During the fork movement stop the engine. Movement of the swivel must slow
down and then stop as the engine slows down and stops.
If the forks continue to lower or move after the engine is
switched off, the block valve is faulty.
Repair the defect as quickly as possible, contact a DIECI
service centre.
(fig.76/D)
(Swivel plate cylinder block valve)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/35
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
RedUction gear
Changing the oil
(fig.77/D)
- ATTENTION - ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
The underside protection must be removed
for this operation.
Consult the “Underside removal” paragraph.
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying
out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
1. Stop the vehicle on a flat, level surface with differential
oil still hot.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
- IMPORTANT To change the oil contact
a DIeCI after-sales centre.
3. Disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator
switch” see page D/14.
4. Place a container under the drain plugs to collect any oil
which may come out during replacement.
5. Remove the drain plug (fig.77/D Pos.”G1”) and the loading/level plug (fig.77/D Pos.”F1”) to carry out a complete drainage.
6. Allow the oil to completely drain out.
7. Replace the drain plugs and tighten them securely.
8. Pour an approved type of clean oil into the loading/level
plug (fig.77/D Pos.”F1”).
9. The level is correct when oil comes out of the loading/
level plug (fig.77/D Pos.”F1”).
10. Check for any leaks coming from the drain plugs.
11. Replace the load/level cap and tighten it securely.
Front DiFFerentiaL AXLes
Changing the oil
(fig.77/D)
1. Stop the vehicle on a flat, level surface with differential
oil still hot.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
3. Place a container under the drain plugs to collect any oil
which may come out during replacement.
4. Remove the drain plug (fig.77/D Pos.”G2”) and the loading/level plug (fig.77/D Pos.”F2”) to carry out a complete drainage.
5. Allow the oil to completely drain out.
6. Replace the drain plugs and tighten them securely.
7. Pour an approved type of clean oil into the loading/level
plug (fig.77/D Pos.”F2”).
8. The level is correct when oil comes out of the loading/
level plug (fig.77/D Pos.”F2”).
9. Check for any leaks coming from the drain plugs.
10. Replace the load/level cap and tighten it securely.
D/36
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Key
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
G1
G2
F
Drain plug and oil level
G
Oil drain cap
H
Vent cap
I
Greasing nipple
M
Oil cap
F1
F2
(fig.77/D)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/37
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
Rear DiFFerentiaL AXLes
Changing the oil
(fig.78/D)
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
1. Stop the vehicle on a flat, level surface with differential
oil still hot.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
3. Disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator
switch” see page D/14.
4. Place a container under the drain plugs to collect any oil
which may come out during replacement.
5. Remove the drain plug (fig.78/D Pos.”G”) and the load/level plug (fig.78/D Pos.”F”) to carry out a complete drainage.
6. Allow the oil to completely drain out.
7. Replace the drain plugs and tighten them securely.
8. Pour an approved type of clean oil into the loading/level
plug (fig.78/D Pos.”F”).
9. The level is correct when oil comes out of the loading/
level plug (fig.78/D Pos.”F”).
10.Check for any leaks coming from the drain plugs.
11.Replace the load/level cap and tighten it securely.
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
- IMPORTANT To change the oil contact
a DIeCI after-sales centre.
D/38
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Key
REAR DIFFERENTIAL AXLE
G2
F
Drain plug and oil level
G
Oil drain cap
H
Vent cap
I
Greasing nipple
M
Oil cap
F2
(fig.78/D)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/39
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
EPicYcLoidaL redUction gear
Changing the oil
(fig.81/D - fig.82/D - fig.83/D)
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
1
1. Stop the vehicle on a flat, level surface with differential
oil still hot.
2. Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
(fig.81/D)
3. Disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator
switch” see page D/14.
4. Place a container under the drain plugs to collect any oil
which may come out during replacement.
5. Turn the wheel hub (fig.81/D Pos.”1”) so that the inlet (fig.82/D Pos.”M”) is moved to the lower position
(fig.82/D), and then remove the oil cap.
M
M
6. Allow the oil to completely drain out.
7. Turn the wheel hub so that the inlet (fig.83/D Pos.”M”) is
moved to the middle position (fig.83/D).
8. Fill the reduction gear to level via the inlet (fig.83/D).
9. The level is correct when oil comes out from the oil cap.
(fig.82/D)
(fig.83/D)
10. Replace the epicycloidal reduction gear cap and tighten
it securely.
11. Repeat all the operations for each of the four reducer units.
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
- IMPORTANT To change the oil contact
a DIeCI after-sales centre.
D/40
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/41
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
Boom sLiding BLocKs
(fig.88/D)
Lubricating
- ATTENTION -
- ATTENTION -
It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
During the visual check phase and spreading the grease,
the vehicle must be off and the key removed from the cab
to prevent accidental manoeuvres.
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying
out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
- ATTENTION
Boom sliding blocks must be kept lubricated to prevent
deterioration as much as possible and keep movements smooth.
Extend the boom completely and examine its surface.
In the event that the layer of grease is thin or presents impurities
(sand, dust, shavings, etc.) proceed as follows:
- Stop the vehicle on a flat, level surface.
- Extend the boom completely in a horizontal position.
Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
- Disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator
switch” see page D/16.
- With the boom completely extended horizontally, remove the
layer of grease from the extension surfaces using a cloth.
- Use a brush to spread a layer of an approved type of grease on all sides of the telescopic boom.
- Move the boom several times to distribute the grease
evenly.
- Remove any excess grease.
Should the vehicle be used in particularly severe conditions
or very dusty environments lubricate more frequently.
- ATTENTION
Only use lubricants indicated in DIECI tables. Different lubricants may cause serious damage to sliding surfaces.
Sliding block wear
Consult the Summary Table at the start of the chapter for
servicing intervals. Sliding block wear can cause oscillations
and slack between extensions causing a loss of accuracy in
movements and the risk of load loss.
The more difficult the working conditions, the greater the
wear and tear on the vehicle. Boom sliding block maintenance must be carried out by an authorised workshop.
(fig.88/D)
D/42
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
eXternaL Boom cHains
(fig.89/D)
Lubrication
Lubrication allows the operator to:
- Interpose liquid between contact surfaces to diminish wear
and prevent seizure.
- Protect chains from rust.
- Reduce noise between the surfaces subject to collisions.
Lubrication must be carried out:
- Longitudinally, in an area where joints are only slightly
strained to favour lubrication penetration.
- Crosswise, between the plates to facilitate oil penetration in joints.
Oil viscosity must be suitable to the surrounding temperature.
Viscosity which is too low favours lubrication withdrawal and
viscosity which is too high hinders lubricants from penetrating
joints. For proper viscosity, refer to the table at the side (fig.90/D).
(fig.89/D)
- ATTENTION -
- ATTENTION
In the event of special applications or use in adverse conditions, consult a DIECI service centre.
It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
- PROHIBITION It is prohibited to lubricate the chains using grease
Checking for Wear
At prescribed intervals, verify:
Temperature (C°)
Recommended viscosity
ISO VG (Cst)
- 15 < T< 0
Between 15 and 32
0 < T< 50
Between 46 and 150
50 < T< 80
Between 220 and 320
- The installation geometry.
- The condition of the chain in order to analyse traces
of friction that may indicate incorrect installation geometry. Wear on the side plate profile due to contact
with pulleys and guiding systems. Wear on the sides
of the external plates and on the pin heads due to contact with pulley flanges or with any guiding devices.
- Wear on chain joints both due to direct measurement of
its length with measurement instrument or a control scale, and visually.
(fig.90/D) Chain oil viscosity table
- Wear of Fleyer raising chain plates.
Ro
diamlleer
ter
The chains must be replaced when wear due to
lengthening exceeds 2%.
When the chain is replaced IT IS MANDATORY also to
replace the respective rollers.
External link
Bushing
Roller
Internal plate
Connecting link
Interna
width l
- ATTENTION -
Internal link
Pitch
External plate
Pin
(fig.91/D) Components of a standard chain
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/43
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
Determining wear due to extension
Fleyer chains
Fleyer chains
- Verify the type of chain installed, indicated on its external
plate. If it cannot be read, contact a DIECI service centre.
- Identify the pitch of the chain on the table (fig.92/D).
(e.g. Fleyer AL8/BL8 Chain Pitch 1”/25.40mm) and multiply it by 10.
Inch pitch
Mm pitch
(fig.92/D)
- Measure 10 pitches of the chain to be verified (fig.93/D).
Pitch
- If the measurement exceeds 2% of the pitch indicated in
the table multiplied by ten, the chain should be considered worn and must be replaced.
Pitch
2% of the measurement = [Measurement: 100] x 2
- ATTENTION
(fig.93/D)
Measurements must be taken at several points as wearing
may not be uniform. The chain must also be tight. Measurements can be carried out with a bore or a ruler divided into
millimetres (fig.94/D).
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
Check, cleaning, lubrication
- Stop the vehicle on a flat, level surface.
- Position the vehicle on outrigger feet (if present).
- Extend the boom completely in a horizontal position.
- Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
- Clean the chains to eliminate surface impurities with a
clean cloth that will not leave residue.
- Forcefully brush chains to remove impurities, using a hard
nylon brush and clean fuel. Then blow with compressed air.
- Carefully examine the chains as described in the paragraph “checking for wear”.
- Lightly lubricate the chains with a brush soaked in oil (see
paragraph entitled “lubrication”).
- Remove excess oil from the entire surface of the chains
using a clean cloth.
- Move the boom several times to distribute the oil evenly.
- ATTENTION
In case of chain replacement, contact a DIECI service centre.
(fig.94/D)
- ATTENTION Chains can be made fragile by hydrogen.
- PROHIBITION OPerating in acidic environments is
STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
Operate for as little time as possible when in oxidative
or corrosive environments.
D/44
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/45
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
Greasing niPPLes
- ATTENTION One/two/three extension booms
The references of the greasing nipples of the booms with two
extensions are the same as the booms with three extensions.
It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
(fig.96/D)
(fig.97/D)
D/46
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Greasing niPPLes
- ATTENTION Transmission shafts and differential axles
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
Front transmission shaft
Rear transmission shaft
Differential axle
Epicycloidal reduction gear
(fig.98/D)
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/47
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
FUses
Main control unit
(fig.100/D Pos.”1”)
The general electric circuit is protected by fuses located on
the general electronic card (fig.100/D Pos.”1”).
Access the electronic card by removing the left plastic under
the dashboard, removing its screws.
In the event of an electrical malfunction, fuse conditions
must be verified as the first troubleshooting operation. Fuses
must be removed with special pliers.
1
To replace a fuse, remove it from its housing using special
pliers and replace it with another fuse of equal class, quality
and amperage.
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
(fig.100/D)
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
- ATTENTION
Before removing the plastic from under the dashboard:
- Stop the vehicle on a flat, level surface.
- Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
- Disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator
switch” see page D/16 cut off electrical power to the vehicle using the battery isolator.
- ATTENTION
Do not attempt to repair fuses.
D/48
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
Engine controL Unit
(fig.101/D Pos.”1”)
Engine electrical circuits and connected components are protected by a fuse control unit located within the engine compartment (fig.101/D Pos.”1”). Remove the box cover to access
the fuses. In the event of an electrical malfunction, fuse conditions must be verified as the first troubleshooting operation.
1
To replace a fuse, remove it from its housing using special
pliers and replace it with another fuse of equal class, quality
and amperage. All other operations must be carried out by
qualified, authorised personnel only.
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
(fig.101/D)
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
- ATTENTION
Before accessing the engine compartment:
- Stop the vehicle on a flat, level surface.
- Switch off the engine and remove the ignition key, hang up
a sign in the cab that reads “maintenance work under way”.
- Disconnect the battery by acting on the “battery isolator
switch” see page D/16 cut off electrical power to the vehicle using the battery isolator.
- ATTENTION
Do not attempt to repair fuses.
- ATTENTION The main fuse f the vehicle is located onsi
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/49
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
LigHting
Vehicle lighting must always be efficient and functioning properly. Proper lighting function must be checked daily. If the lighting body is damaged in any way, replace the damaged part
immediately. Burnt light bulbs should be replaced immediately.
- ATTENTION It is mandatorY to Use tHe I.P.D. to carry out the
maintenance/control operations.
For the safety specifications, refer to chapter “B”, “Carrying out maintenance in safety” paragraph page B/16.
FRONT LIGHT
(fig.105/D)
The front light is composed of a direction indicator, a position
light, dipped light/headlight.
1
To access the bulbs:
- Switch off the vehicle and use the battery isolator to cutout electrical power.
- Remove the power connection of the rear light.
- Remove the front part of the light by loosening its screws
located in the rear cap.
To close the light back up, carry out these steps in the opposite
order, being careful to position the seal correctly.
(fig.105/D)
(fig.106/D)
Replacing direction indicator bulbs
(fig.106/D Pos.”1”) (21w)
2
- Press the upper part of the bulb.
- Turn and hold down the bulb to free it from the lock.
Carry out the same steps to insert the new bulb.
Replacing a position light bulb
(fig.107/D Pos.”1”) (4w)
- Take hold of the rear part where the electrical connections are
located (fig.107/D Pos.”2”).
1
- Turn and pull the rear part towards you.
- Remove the support and press the upper part of the bulb.
- Turn and hold down the bulb to free it from the lock.
Carry out the same steps to insert the new bulb. Reinsert the
support inside its housing.
(fig.107/D)
Replacing a dipped light/headlight bulb
(fig.108/D Pos.”1”) (60/55w H4)
- Remove the electrical connector by pulling it towards you.
- Raise the locking tabs (fig.108/D Pos.”2”), moving them
laterally to free the bulb.
- Replace the bulb and proceed in the opposite order to
lock and reconnect it. Respect bulb closing mechanisms
(fig.85/D Pos.”3”) for proper insertion.
C
3
3
2
- ATTENTION -
2
The bulbs are very fragile. Handle them with care.
1
The dipped beam bulbs must
not be handles with bare hands.
3
(fig.108/D)
D/50
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
REAR LIGHT
(fig.109/D)
4
The rear light is composed of a reverse light (21W)
(fig.109/D Pos.”1”), rear red light (5W) (fig.109/D Pos.”2”), a
stop light (21W) (fig.109/D Pos.”3”), and a direction indicator
(21W) (fig.109/D Pos.”4”), rear fog (21W) (fig.109/D Pos.”5”).
5
2
3
1
To access the bulbs:
- Switch off the vehicle and use the battery isolator to cut-out
electrical power.
- Remove the power connection of the rear light.
- Remove the front part of the light by loosening its screws
located on the cap.
- ATTENTION
(fig.109/D)
To close the light back up, carry out these steps in the opposite
order, being careful to position the seal correctly.
Replacing the rear light bulb.
- Press the upper part of the bulb.
2
- Turn and hold down the bulb to free it from the lock.
Carry out the same steps in the opposite order to insert a
new bulb.
1
WORKING LIGHT
(fig.110/D)
Replacing bulbs
(Fig.112/D Pos.”1”) (special bulb)
(fig.110/D)
(fig.111/D)
- Switch off the vehicle and use the battery isolator to cutout electrical power.
- Remove the power connector of the light in the rear part
(fig.111/D Pos.”1”).
- Press the connector grip on the light (fig. 111/D Pos.”2”).
1
- Turn and hold the grip down, to release it.
Carry out the same steps in the opposite order to insert a new bulb.
(fig.112/D)
DUAL REFLECTOR WORKING LIGHT
(fig.113/D)
2
2
Replacing bulbs
(fig.114/D Pos.”1”) (Type 21w H3)
- Switch off the vehicle and use the battery isolator to cutout electrical power.
- Remove the screws on the front part of the light.
- Remove the bulb power supply connectors (fig.114/D
Pos.”2”).
(fig.113/D)
3
- Move the locking tabs, bringing them towards the inside
to release them (fig.114/D Pos.”3”).
Carry out the same steps in the opposite order to insert a new
bulb. Treat the bulb closing mechanisms with care (fig.114/D
Pos.”4”) for proper insertion.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
3
1
4
4
(fig.114/D)
D/51
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
M
D/52
friction
coefficient
PRELOAD AND TORQUE TABLE FOR CLASS 1
NUTS AND BOLTS
Categories of fine pitch bolts and nuts
4.8
5.8
6.8
8.8
10.9
12.9
preload tightening preload
torque
N
Nm
N
tightening
torque
Nm
preload tightening preload tightening
torque
torque
N
Nm
N
Nm
preload tightening preload tightening
torque
torque
N
Nm
N
Nm
M8
0.10
0.14
9798.1
9079.5
10.87
13.53
12247.6
11349.4
13.59
16.91
14697.1
13619.3
16.31
20.29
19596.1
18159.1
21.75
27.05
27557.1
25536.2
30.58
38.04
33068.5
30643.4
36.70
45.65
M10
0.10
0.14
15296.9
14175.0
21.13
26.27
19121.1
17718.8
26.41
32.84
22945.3
21262.6
31.69
39.41
30593.8
28350.1
42.25
52.55
43022.5
39867.3
59.42
73.89
51627.0
47840.8
71.30
88.67
M12
0.10
0.14
22020.7
20405.8
35.83
44.53
27525.9
25507.2
44.79
55.66
33031.0
30608.7
53.75
66.79
44041.4
40811.6
71.67
89.06
61933.2
57391.3
100.78
125.24
74319.8
68869.5
120.94
150.29
M14
0.10
0.14
31610.0
29345.9
59.04
73.92
39512.5
36682.4
73.80
92.40
47415.0
44018.9
88.57
110.89
63220.0
58691.9
118.09
147.85
88903.1
82535.4
166.06
207.91
106683.7
99042.5
199.27
249.49
M16
0.10
0.14
42581.3
39587.8
89.78
113.06
53226.6
49484.7
112.23
141.32
63871.9
59381.6
134.67
169.59
85162.5
79175.5
179.56
226.12
119759.8
111340.6
252.51
317.98
143711.8
133608.7
303.02
381.57
M18
0.10
0.14
51457.2
47751.7
124.03
155.02
64321.5
59689.6
155.03
193.78
77185.8
71627.5
186.04
232.53
102914.4
95503.3
248.06
310.05
144723.3
134301.6
348.83
436.00
173668.0
161161.9
418.59
523.20
M20
0.10
0.14
65534.1
60886.2
173.72
218.17
81917.7
76107.8
217.16
272.71
98301.2
91329.3
260.59
327.26
131068.3
121772.4
347.45
436.34
184314.8
171242.5
488.60
613.61
221177.8
205491.0
586.32
736.33
M22
0.10
0.14
81220.8
75533.9
236.88
298.75
101526.0
94417.4
296.10
373.43
121831.2
113300.9
355.32
448.12
162441.5
151067.8
473.76
597.49
228433.4
212439.1
666.23
840.22
274120.1 799.48
254927.0 1008.27
M24
0.10
0.14
98515.6
91693.3
308.56
390.33
123144.5
114616.6
385.70
487.92
147773.4
137539.9
462.84
585.50
197031.1
183386.5
617.12
780.67
277075.0 867.83 332490.0 1041.40
257887.3 1097.82 309464.8 1317.38
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
PRELOAD AND TORQUE TABLE FOR CLASS 2
NUTS AND BOLTS
M
friction
coefficient
Categories of wide pitch nuts and bolts
4.8
5.8
preload tightening preload
torque
N
Nm
N
6.8
tightening
torque
Nm
8.8
10.9
12.9
preload tightening preload tightening
torque
torque
N
Nm
N
Nm
preload tightening preload tightening
torque
torque
N
Nm
N
Nm
M6
0.10
0.14
4874.7
4499.1
4.24
5.19
6093.4
5623.9
5.30
6.48
7312.1
6748.6
6.35
7.78
9749.4
8998.2
8.47
10.37
13710.1
12653.7
11.92
14.59
16452.2
15184.4
14.30
17.51
M7
0.10
0.14
7134.5
6599.6
6.97
8.60
8918.2
8249.5
8.71
10.76
10701.8
9899.4
10.45
12.90
14269.1
13199.2
13.94
17.21
20065.9
18561.4
19.60
24.20
24079.1
22273.6
23.52
29.04
M8
0.10
0.14
8947.1
8265.6
10.20
12.54
11183.9
10332.0
12.75
15.67
13420.7
12398.4
15.30
18.80
17894.2
16531.2
20.41
25.07
25163.7
23247.0
28.70
35.26
30196.5
27896.5
34.44
42.31
M10
0.10
0.14
14244.5
13167.4
20.11
24.76
17805.6
16459.2
25.14
30.95
21366.8
19751.1
30.16
31.14
28489.0
26334.8
40.22
49.52
40062.7
37033.3
56.56
69.64
48075.3
44439.9
67.87
83.56
M12
0.10
0.14
20766.6
19204.0
34.43
42.42
25958.3
24005.0
43.03
53.03
31149.9
28806.0
51.64
63.63
41533.2
38408.0
68.86
84.84
58406.1
54011.2
96.83
119.31
70087.3
64813.5
116.20
143.17
M14
0.10
0.14
28389.9
26261.2
54.77
67.56
35487.4
32826.5
68.46
84.45
42584.9
39391.8
82.15
101.34
56779.8
52522.4
109.53
135.13
79846.6
73859.6
154.03
190.02
95816.0
88631.5
184.84
228.03
M16
0.10
0.14
39242.1
36364.2
85.14
105.80
49052.7
45455.3
106.43
132.26
58863.2
54546.3
127.72
158.71
78484.3
72728.5
170.29
211.61
110368.5
102274.4
239.47
297.58
132442.2
122729.3
287.36
357.09
M18
0.10
0.14
47533.0
43986.1
117.48
145.16
59416.3
54982.7
146.85
181.45
71299.6
65979.2
176.22
217.74
95066.1
87972.3
234.96
290.32
133686.7
123711.0
330.41
402.26
160424.1
148453.2
396.49
489.92
M20
0.10
0.14
61238.0
56747.1
166.08
206.39
76547.5
70933.9
207.61
257.98
91857.0
85120.6
249.13
309.58
122476.0
113494.2
332.17
412.78
172231.9
159601.2
467.11
580.47
206678.2
191521.5
560.54
696.56
M22
0.10
0.14
76305.2
70791.9
227.22
283.79
95381.5
88489.8
284.02
352.74
114457.8
106187.8
340.82
425.69
152610.4
141583.7
454.43
567.58
214608.3
199102.1
639.05
798.16
257530.0
238922.5
766.85
957.80
M24
0.10
0.14
88232.4
81761.8
287.16
356.84
110290.5
102202.2
358.94
446.05
132348.6
122642.7
430.73
535.26
176464.9
163523.6
574.31
713.68
248153.7
229955.1
807.63
1003.61
297784.4 969.15
275946.1 1204.33
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/53
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
TORQUE TABLE FOR HYDRAULIC FITTINGS
60° oval insert - BSP thread
THREAD
N.m
1/18-28
1/4-19
3/8-19
1/2-14
5/8-14
3/4-14
1”-11
1”1/4-11
1”1/2-11
12-14
14-16
25-28
45-60
55-70
90-110
120-140
170-190
200-245
60° oval insert - METRIC thread
THREAD
10x1
12x1,5
14x1,5
16x1,5
18x1,5
22x1,5
26x1,5
28x1,5
30x1,5
N.m
12-14
13-15
15-18
25-28
27-30
50-60
60-75
80-100
110-130
DIN FITTINGS SERIES / RANGE “L”
THREAD
12x1,5
14x1,5
16x1,5
18x1,5
22x1,5
26x1,5
30x2
36x1,5
45x1,5
52x1,5
N.m
13-15
15-18
25-28
27-30
50-60
30-75
85-105
120-140
170-190
190-230
DIN FITTINGS SERIES / RANGE “S”
THREAD
14x1,5
16x1,5
18x1,5
20x1,5
22x1,5
24x1,5
30x2
36x2
42x2
52x2
N.m
15-18
25-28
27-30
43-54
50-62
60-75
90-110
125-145
170-190
200-245
D/54
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
TROUBLESHOOTING
- ATTENTION
Only authorised staff should intervene on the vehicle to eliminate any trouble or breakdown.
Make sure “User Instructions” and “Safety Regulations” have been read and clearly understood before attempting any repair
work on the vehicle.
This symbol
repair shop.
GROUP
ENGINE
GROUP
means that the trouble can NOT be remedied without the assistance of an authorised DIECI Service
TROUBLE
The vehicle will not start
TROUBLE
The vehicle does move
in any direction.
HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION
SYSTEM
The vehicle loses speed
PROBABLE CAUSE
REMEDY
Direction lever is engaged
Put the lever in neutral
No fuel
Fill up the tank
Battery dead
Recharge the battery or replace it
Burnt out fuse
Change the fuse
Others
Consult the handbook
Engine User Instructions and
Maintenance Manual
PROBABLE CAUSE
REMEDY
The sensor incorporated
in the seat does not detect
the driver’s presence.
Sit down correctly
The forward/reverse lever is not engaged (indicator light switched off)
Engage the lever in the required
position
Slow/fast speed switch
(indicator light switched off)
Press the switch
The stabilizer feet are lowered.
Fully raise all stabilizer feet.
Rear axle blocked.
(optional)
Release the axle.
Hydraulic oil suction
filter blocked.
Remove the oil filter and replace it
Hydrostatic transmission
failure.
Repair or replace the transmission
Inching pedal anomaly.
Check the pedal return spring
Check distributor position
Cont. from page D/50
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/55
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
TROUBLE SHOOTING
GROUP
HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION
SYSTEM
GROUP
TROUBLE
The vehicle does not move
in any direction.
TROUBLE
PROBABLE CAUSE
REMEDY
Level of hydraulic oil insufficient
Check the level of hydraulic oil
Parking brake on
Disengage the brake
Trasmissione idrostatica in avaria
Repair or replace the transmission
Electric circuit damaged
Repair the circuit
The slide valve under the car
has been closed (vehicle tow)
Open the slide valve
PROBABLE CAUSE
REMEDY
There is no oil in the oil – brake tank Drain the system or top up the tank
BRAKES
GROUP
STEERING
D/56
The vehicle does not brake
TROUBLE
The vehicle moves diagonally/
The wheels are not aligned
Fluid leaking from the circuit
Check for leaks
Brake pads worn
Change the brake pads
Brake pump damaged
Repair or replace
Unsuitable fluid in the circuit or
differential sump
Consult the
comparative oil table
PROBABLE CAUSE
REMEDY
The wheels are
not aligned correctly
Proceed with realignment.
Steering
selection error
Position the lever in a
different steering mode
Control distributor
failure
Repair or replace
the distributor
The steering wheel hydraulic
cylinders leak oil.
Replace the gaskets
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
TROUBLE SHOOTING
GROUP
TROUBLE
PROBABLE CAUSE
REMEDY
Safety systems have
been activated
Refer to the chapter entitled
“Getting to know the vehicle”
Electrical system failure
Check fuses and
the electrical system
Hydraulic oil level
in tank insufficient
Top up
Relevant hydraulic pump failure
Repair or replace pump
Distributor calibrated too low
Check and retract the distributor
Internal leakage
of raising cylinders.
Replace the gaskets
The boom does not extend
The safety devices have been activated (indicator lights switched
on and audible alarm sounding)
Refer to the chapter entitled
“Getting to know the vehicle”
The boom cannot be lowered
The safety devices have been activated (indicator lights switched
on and audible alarm sounding)
Refer to the chapter entitled
“Getting to know the vehicle”
The vehicle will not lift load
TELESCOPIC
BOOM
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/57
Mod. Agri Farmer
Maintenance and Registering
HOW TO WRITE OUT THE SERVICE REGISTER
The “SERVICE REGISTER” must be written in compliance with the requirements imposed by the Essential Safety Requirement 4.4.2.b of Enclosure I of Machine Directive EC/98/37, in order to prove that all the inspection and service activities of
the machine concerning safety of the same are carried out correctly.
Together with all the activities concerning the life and use of the machine (replacement of parts, mot’s, anomalies etc.) the
Service Register must also include notes on all the quarterly and yearly inspections legally envisaged, amongst which are
those indicated in the “Maintenance” section and “Equipment” chapter of this manual.
The name of the service engineer and the date the job was carried must also be clearly written.
You are recommended to write out, up-date and keep this Service Register with care throughout the whole life of the machine.
We are providing some empty pages to help create your own Service Register.
COMMITMENTS AND HOW TO FORWARD DECLARATIONS TO I.S.P.E.S.L.
The M.D. dated 12/09/1959, under Title II – Article 7, states that the employer and users of engine-driven lifting equipment
having capacities greater than 200 kg and people carrying platforms , are obliged to inform the competent authority of
the territory (currently the I.S.P.E.S.L. in Italy), when the machine is commissioned, specifying the place of installation of the
machine so that this authority may make an initial inspection.
This fulfilment is confirmed by Article 11 – section 3 of DPR 459 dated 24/07/1996, national law that transposes Machine
Directive EC/98/37.
The declaration to I.S.P.E.S.L. must be made by enclosing a copy of the EC Declaration of conformity of the machine,
with reference to Enclosure IIA of DPR 459/96 – Machine Directive EC/98/37.
The original declarations (EC Declaration of conformity – Enclosure IIA or rather the Declaration of the Manufacturer – Enclosure IIB) must be kept by the client.
The declaration shall be forwarded to I.S.P.E.S.L.by Registered mail with receipt of reception.
I.S.P.E.S.L. will then inform the local supervision authority (ASL in Italy) that the machine is in use; this authority is then in charge of following yearly inspections.
PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND METHOD OF REGISTRATION
The employer or the user of the machine is obliged to have the machine inspected periodically according to law (DPR 547
dated 27/4/55; MD 12/9/59 and LD 626 dated 19/9/94).
He is also obliged to respect the maintenance and inspection schedule described in this Use and Maintenance manual.
Inspections and periodic tests, together with maintenance jobs must be carried out by especially employed experts, or by a
repair shop authorised by the manufacturer DIECI S.r.l.
The employer/user of the machine must register the results of the inspections in the Service Register, or have personnel trained for such purpose to register them:
a)Quarterly inspections that involve the operation and/or efficiency of ropes/chains according to Article 179 of DPR
547 dated 27/4/55
b)Yearly inspections that involve the operation and the preservation of the machine in terms of safety (yearly tests,
corrosion inspections, calibration tests etc.) according to Article 194 of DPR 547 dated 27/4/55.
Law foresees administrative fines to the charge of those who fail to carry out these quarterly and yearly inspections.
The Service Register, in which the inspections are to be written, must be shown on request to the inspectors in charge of ensuring that the current laws are observed.
After the yearly inspection has been carried out, the inspector of ASL will issue an acceptance report or will prescribe the fulfilments to be integrated. The user is obliged to keep the inspection report in the Service Register.
If the local supervising authority (ASL in Italy) should fail to make the yearly inspection, you are in any event recommended
to have the yearly inspection carried out by a qualified engineer and write the results down in the Service Register.
The evaluations of the inspections must be registered in the reserved pages that follow, indicating the outcome of the inspection, the date, the signature and any comments of the inspector.
If the pages reserved within this manual are not enough to hold all the notes concerning the life of the machine, use additional sheets of paper, remembering to write them out in the same manner.
D/58
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
MACHINE DETAILS
Manufacturer: Dieci S.r.l.
Model: ....................................................................................serial number ................................................ Year ...........................
Equipment code ................................................................... serial number ................................................ Year ...........................
Max. capacity [kg]: ............................................................................................................................................................................
Equipment code ................................................................... serial number ................................................ Year ...........................
Max. capacity [kg]: ............................................................................................................................................................................
Equipment code ................................................................... serial number ................................................ Year ...........................
Max. capacity [kg]: ............................................................................................................................................................................
Equipment code ................................................................... serial number ................................................ Year ...........................
Max. capacity [kg]: ............................................................................................................................................................................
Owner: ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
Work commencement date of machine: ............................................................................................................................................
For FURTHER controLs or rePorts to tHe comPetentaUtHorities, PLease reFer
to tHe LocaLLegisLation in Force in tHe coUntrYWHere tHe VeHicLe is Being Used.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/59
Mod. Agri Farmer
D/60
Maintenance and Registering
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
RECORD OF SCHEDULED INSPECTIONS
AND MAINTENANCE WORK
50 h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Job
Job accomplished
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Machine
working hours
Job description
Check for leaks on hydraulic circuit tubes
Boom joint pin lubrication
Lubrication of feet pins/head swivel jack
Lubrication of feet pins/head raising jack
Lubrication of front/rear wheel articulation pins
Lubrication of front/rear axle oscillation bush
Lubrication of cross and Cardan transmission shafts
Lubrication of internal boom tubes
Lubrication of boom rollers and chains
Perform anti-tipping device electronic test.
Date
Signature
100 h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Job
Job accomplished
Date
Signature
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Machine
working hours
Job description
Air filter cleaning
Lubrication of differential axles
Checking tyre pressure
A general check of nuts and bolts tightness
Check brake oil level
Check safety stickers
Check boom chain extension and conditions
Check anti-tipping device with load.
Date
Signature
Date
Signature
- ATTENTION -
- ATTENTION -
The maintenance work in bold type is considered
fundamental by DIECI for people’s safety.
Maintenance must be carried out by qualified personnel
who must sign the scheduled maintenance report.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/61
Mod. Agri Farmer
D/62
Maintenance and Registering
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
250h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Job
Job accomplished
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Machine
working hours
Job description
Check battery electrolyte level
Check electrical system
Check alternator belt
Tighten wheel nuts
Replace cab air filter
Tighten boom sliders
Date
Signature
500 h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Job
Job accomplished
Date
Signature
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Machine
working hours
Job description
Power supply system primary filter.
Power supply system secondary filter.
Replace engine oil
Replace engine oil filter
Fuel tank discharge
Cleaning fuel tank filters
Check differential sump oil level
Check epicycloidal reduction gear oil level
Check gear oil level
Replace hydraulic system oil
Replace external hydraulic oil filters
Cleaning of hydraulic oil tank filters
Parking brake registration
Replace engine air filter.
Date
Signature
Date
Signature
- ATTENTION -
- ATTENTION -
The maintenance work in bold type is considered
fundamental by DIECI for people’s safety.
Maintenance must be carried out by qualified personnel
who must sign the scheduled maintenance report.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/63
Mod. Agri Farmer
D/64
Maintenance and Registering
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
1000h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Job
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Machine
working hours
Job description
Job accomplished
Replacing cooling liquid
Replace differential sump oil
Replace oil in epicycloidal reduction gears
Replace gear oil
Replace brake oil
Check boom chain
Date
Signature
h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Job
Job accomplished
Date
Date
Signature
Signature
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Machine
working hours
Job description
Date
Signature
- ATTENTION -
- ATTENTION -
The maintenance work in bold type is considered
fundamental by DIECI for people’s safety.
Maintenance must be carried out by qualified personnel
who must sign the scheduled maintenance report.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/65
Mod. Agri Farmer
D/66
Maintenance and Registering
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Job
Signature
Job
Job accomplished
Date
Date
h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Signature
Machine
working hours
Job description
Job accomplished
Date
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Signature
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Machine
working hours
Job description
Date
Signature
- ATTENTION -
- ATTENTION -
The tables must be filled out clearly,
using the spaces provided.
Maintenance must be carried out by qualified personnel
who must sign the scheduled maintenance report.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/67
Mod. Agri Farmer
D/68
Maintenance and Registering
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Job
Signature
Job
Job accomplished
Date
Date
h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Signature
Machine
working hours
Job description
Job accomplished
Date
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Signature
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Machine
working hours
Job description
Date
Signature
- ATTENTION -
- ATTENTION -
The tables must be filled out clearly,
using the spaces provided.
Maintenance must be carried out by qualified personnel
who must sign the scheduled maintenance report.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/69
Mod. Agri Farmer
D/70
Maintenance and Registering
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Job
Signature
Job
Job accomplished
Date
Date
h
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
Signature
Machine
working hours
Job description
Job accomplished
Date
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Signature
SPECIAL MAINTENANCE
Machine
working hours
Job description
Date
Signature
- ATTENTION -
- ATTENTION -
The tables must be filled out clearly,
using the spaces provided.
Maintenance must be carried out by qualified personnel
who must sign the scheduled maintenance report.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
D/71
Mod. Agri Farmer
D/72
Maintenance and Registering
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
eLeCTRICAL DIAGRAMS
AND CIRCUITS
E
E/1
Mod. Agri Farmer
E/2
Wiring diagrams and circuits
BASE SYSTEM KEY - DIA. N°25800-053 - (AGRI FARMER EN15K)
NAME
DESCRIPTION
SHEET
A149
Left speaker
7.3
A150
A151
A241
B130
B138
B139
B181
B182
B205
B503
B512
B513
B534
B535
B537
B538
B544
B545
B546
B554
B557
B558
B559
B560
B638
B642
B643
E102
E103
E104
E118
E127
E147
E522
E524
E526
E548
E551
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
Right speaker
Radio
SARL Control box
Micro seat
Micro inching
Micro stop lights
Micro drive disconnection
A/C thermal contact
Conditioner pressure switch
Horn
Fuel level sensor
Hydraulic oil filter pressure switch
Micro gear engaged
2nd gear pressure switch
Water thermistor
Engine oil pressure switch
Lift/extension sensor
Optional sensor
Water thermal contact
Negative brake pressure switch
Chassis load cell
Front axle sensor aligned
Axle load cell
Rear axle sensor aligned
Clogged air filter pressure switch
Radiator thermistor
Micro closed boom
Right front work light
Right rear work light
Left front work light
Left rear work light
Revolving light
Ceiling light
Left rear light
Plate light
Left front light
Left rear light
Right front light
Fuse +15 outrigger button
Fuse +15 radio and antenna
Fuse +15 buzzer and reverse light
Fuse +15 drive + relay K9
Fuse +15 boom head solenoid valve, boom head socket and positive set-up. Centring handler
Fuse +15 basket positive, +12V from ARB OK (pow.supp. Joystick )
Fuse +15 pneumatic seat
Fuse +15 inching micro switch and drive micro switch
Fuse +15 block relay
7.3
7.2
9.2
1.4
3.5
4.3
2.4
5.5
5.5
4.4
1.3
1.3
3.1
6.1
1.3
1.4
8.5
8.4
1.4
2.4
9.2
8.4
9.2
8.4
1.3
5.3
9.3
7.2
7.4
7.2
7.3
5.2
7.1
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.1
4.2
8.3
7.2
2.2
2.2
6.1
10.2
8.4
2.5
2.4
F10
Fuse +15 lighting switches and warning
2.5
E/3
Mod. Agri Farmer
Wiring diagrams and circuits
BASE SYSTEM KEY - DIA. N°25800-053 - (AGRI FARMER EN15K)
NAME
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F16
F17
F18
F19
F1G
F20
F21
F22
F23
F24
F25
F26
F27
F28
F29
F2G
F30
F31
F32
F33
F34
F35
F36
F3G
F4G
F128
F174
F640
G1
G529
H502
HA1
K1
K2
K3
K4
K5
K6
K7
K8
K9
K10
K11
K12
K13
E/4
DESCRIPTION
SHEET
Fuse +15 light switch (full and dipped bean switch) and stop lights
Fuse +15 boom sensors, axle align sensors and negative brake pressure switch
Fuse +15 PTO, rear solenoid valves and trailer
Fuse +15 position lights right front and left rear lights
Fuse +15 position lights left front and right rear lights
Fuse +30 full beam head lights
Fuse +30 horn
Fuse +30 dipped beam head lights
Fuse +15 front windscreen wiper and front pump
Power supply main fuse +30
Fuse +15 rear windscreen wiper and rear pump
Fuse +15 2nd pump and arm suspension
Fuse +15 front work lights
Fuse +15 rear work lights
Fuse +15 radiator solenoid valve + fan inversion
Fuse +15 heating fan speed selector switch
Fuse +15 KEY micro inching temp and pow.supp. Start gear
Fuse +15 KEY seat micro switch, int. seat timer (int. Negative brake), anti-tip relay, engine start and stop
Fuse +30 lights switch (pos lights), lights switch (flashing+ horn) and warning
Fuse +30 revolving light
Alternator fuse
Fuse +30 radio and ceiling light
Fuse +30 boom work lights switch
Fuse +30 current socket
Fuse +15 steering
Fuse +15 electric windscreen winder
Fuse +15 KEY equipment and basket selector switch (basket not inserted)
Fuse +15 KEY ALGA AGRI + SAR
Fuel pump fuse + starting relay
Ignition plug fuse
Fuse set-up
Evaporator electric fan fuse
Fuel pump fuse
Battery
Alternator
Reverse buzzer
Instrument alarm buzzer
Full beam headlights relay
Horn relay
Drive disconnection relay
Buzzer relay and reverse light
Start switch relay with gear in neutral
Seat timer
Dipped beam headlights relay
Cut off 2 relay
Fast gear
Safety reverse relay
Start consent from cab relay with operator sitting
Optional relay
Optional sensor relay
4.1
25
6.1
4.1
4.1
4.2
4.4
4.2
4.3
1.1
5.2
10.2
7.3
7.3
5.3
5.3
2.1
1.3
4.1
5.1
1.1
7.2
7.4
4.4
7.2
10.3
10.2
1.2
1.1
1.2
7.5
1.2
1.5
1.1
1.1
2.4
1.3
4.2
4.4
2.3
2.2
1.5
1.4
4.2
10.2
2.2
2.1
1.4
8.3
8.2
BASE SYSTEM KEY - DIA. N°25800-053 - (AGRI FARMER EN15K)
NAME
K14
K15
K16
K17
K18
K19
K20
K21
K153
K158
K159
K160
K161
K162
K163
K164
K173
K530
K531
K639
M112
M117
M119
M122
M129
M133
M152
M179
M520
M555
M646
P101
R196
R533
S1
S105
S106
S108
S109
S110
S111
S113
S114
S115
S120
S121
S126
S131
S132
DESCRIPTION
Axle block relay
Safety forward gear relay
Start anti-repeat control unit
Cut off 1 relay
Lift/extension sensor relay
Axle release relay
Micro inching relay
Intermittence
Services relay
2nd pump relay
Engine stop relay from basket
Services relay
2nd pump switch relay
UP relay + low boom
Windscreen winder relay
Windscreen winder relay
Evaporator electric fan relay
Ignition relay
Ignition plugs relay
Fuel pump relay
Front windscreen wiper motor
Windscreen washer front pump
Windscreen washer rear pump
Rear windscreen wiper
Heating motor
Evaporator electric fan
Pneumatic seat
Window winder motor
Starter Motor
A/C Compressor
Fuel pump
ALGA AGRI SAR Instrument
CAN End line resistance
Ignition plugs resistance
Battery isolator switch
Outriggers consent button
Rear work lights switch
Warning Switch
Levelling button
Mechanical gear change button
Boom head solenoid valve switch
Left front outrigger
Right front outrigger
Revolving light switch
Rear windscreen wiper/washer switch
Parking brake switch
Fan speed selector
Rear solenoid valve switch
Trailer button
SHEET
2.4
2.1
1.4
10.1
8.3
8.4
2.4
4.3
1.1
10.3
10.3
10.3
10.4
10.4
105
105
5.4
1.1
1.2
1.4
4.3
4.3
5.2
5.2
5.4
5.5
8.5
10.4
1.1
5.2
1.5
1.2
9.5
1.2
1.1
3.4
7.3
4.4
8.1
3.5
6.2
3.1
3.2
5.1
53
2.2
5.5
6.4
6.4
E/5
Mod. Agri Farmer
Wiring diagrams and circuits
BASE SYSTEM KEY - DIA. N°25800-053 - (AGRI FARMER EN15K)
NAME
S136
S137
S140
S141
S142
S143
S144
S145
S146
S148
S156
S169
S170
S171
S180
S192
S202
S203
S204
S206
S243
W177
Y516
Y521
Y523
Y527
Y528
Y536
Y549
Y641
X7
X8
X13
X14
X20
X22
X26
X99
X123
X124
X124
X134.p
X134.S
X135
X154.p
X154.p
X165
X647
X155.p
X155.S
E/6
DESCRIPTION
Wheels alignment button
Start gear
Guide lights switch
Starting control board
Axle block switch
Radiocontrol switch
2nd pump switch
A/C switch
Manoeuvre restore unstable key
Front work lights switch
PTO Switch
Boom suspension switch
Boom head socket switch
Fan inversion button
Window winder button
Brake oil level sensor
Steering selector
Lights switch
Cab mushroom-shaped emergency button
Boom work lights switch
Work mode selector
Antenna
1st mechanical gear solenoid valve
2nd mechanical gear solenoid valve
Parking brake solenoid valve
Forward gear solenoid valve
Reverse solenoid valve
Engine stop
Hydraulic speed gear solenoid valve
Radiator solenoid valve
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR FUSES AND RELAY
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR FUSES AND RELAY
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR FUSES AND RELAY
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR FUSES AND RELAY
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR FUSES AND RELAY
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR FUSES AND RELAY
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR FUSES AND RELAY
CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR FUSES AND RELAY
SAR CALIBRATION CONNECTOR
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. RIGHT DASHBOARD - L. DRIVER POSITION
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. CAB ROOF - L. DRIVER POSITION
DO NOT CONNECT CONNECTOR WITH X134.S
DO NOT CONNECT CONNECTOR WITH X134.p
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. RIGHT DASHBOARD - L. DRIVER POSITION
BASKET INTERFACE CONNECTOR
BASKET COUNTERFIGURE CONNECTOR
Current socket
Additional device
BASKET INTERFACE CONNECTOR
BASKET COUNTERFIGURE CONNECTOR
SHEET
8.2
2.1
4.3
1.1
8.3
3.3
8.4
5.4
105
7.2
6.3
6.2
6.1
5.4
10.4
15
7.1
4.1
10.1
7.4
9.1
7.1
3.4
35
2.3
2.1
2.2
15
2.3
5.3
1
6
6
10
10
4
1
10
10
BASE SYSTEM KEY - DIA. N°25800-053 - (AGRI FARMER EN15K)
NAME
X165
X167
X172
X175
X176.S
X178.S
X184.p
X184.S
X189.S
X200
X505
X506
X511
X517
X525
X552
X553
X587.p
X610.S
X611.S
X635.S
X644.S
X648
DESCRIPTION
SHEET
CURRENT SOCKET
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. RIGHT DASHBOARD - L. DRIVER POSITION
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. WINDSCREEN WINDER - L. DRIVER POSITION
DIODES INTERFACE CONNECTOR
CENTRING HANDLER SET-UP CONNECTOR
OPTIONAL POWER SUPPLIES CONNECTOR
CONNECT CONNECTOR WITH X184.s
CONNECT CONNECTOR WITH X184.p
DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTOR
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L LEFT DASHBOARD - L DRIVER POSITION
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L MAIN - L DRIVER POSITION
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. ENGINE - L DRIVER POSITION
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. ENGINE - L DRIVER POSITION
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L MAIN - L DRIVER POSITION
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. MAIN - L. DRIVER POSITION
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. ENGINE - L. DRIVER POSITION
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. MAIN - L. DRIVER POSITION
TRAILER SOCKET INTERFACE CONNECTOR
HYDRAULIC JOYSTICK CONNECTOR
JOYSTICK CONNECTOR
OUTRIGGERS SET-UP CONNECTOR
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. DISTRIBUTOR
INTERFACE CONNECTOR L. OUTRIGGERS
4
1
10
10
7
6
6
9
4
6
6
3
9
9
WIRE COLOURS
A
B
C
G
H
L
M
N
R
S
V
Z
SKY BLUE
WHITE
ORANGE
YELLOW
GREY
DARK BLUE
BROWN
BLACK
RED
PINK
GREEN
PURPLE
NOTE:
WIRES WITH TWO COLOURS ARE INDICATED BY COMBINING THE SYMBOLS ABOVE, FOR EXAMPLE:
G/V - YELLOW/GREEN (HORIZONTAL STRIPES)
Y-G- YELLOW-GREEN (VERTICAL STRIPES)
E/7
Mod. Agri Farmer
Wiring diagrams and circuits
Valid certified
copy only
10
E/8
Valid certified
copy only
10
E/9
Mod. Agri Farmer
Wiring diagrams and circuits
Valid certified
copy only
10
E/10
Valid certified
copy only
10
E/11
Mod. Agri Farmer
Wiring diagrams and circuits
Valid certified
copy only
10
E/12
Valid certified
copy only
10
E/13
Mod. Agri Farmer
Wiring diagrams and circuits
Valid certified
copy only
10
E/14
Valid certified
copy only
10
E/15
Mod. Agri Farmer
Wiring diagrams and circuits
Valid certified
copy only
10
E/16
Valid certified
copy only
10
E/17
Mod. Agri Farmer
E/18
Wiring diagrams and circuits
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
F
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
F/1
Mod. Agri Farmer
F/2
Hydraulic Diagrams and Circuits
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
EVeRY MOdIFIcATION MAde TO The VehIcLe LeAdS TO A NeW
VeRIFIcATION OF cONFORMITY WITh The 2006/42 MAchINeRY
DIRecTIVe “ “ ThIS PROcedURe IS ALSO VALId IN The cASe
OF RePAIRS WITh NON-ORIGINAL SPARe PARTS.
IT IS PROHIBITED TO OPERATE If THIS MANUAL HAS NOT BEEN READ AND UNDERSTOOD.
ANY ARBITRARY MODIfICATION MADE TO THE VEHICLE WILL ABSOLVE DIECI fROM
ALL LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE OR INJURY RESULTINg fROM SUCH MODIfICATION.
TO gUARANTEE YOUR SAfETY AND THAT Of OTHERS, DO NOT MODIfY THE STRUCTURE OR ADJUST THE VARIOUS VEHICLE COMPONENTS (HYDRAULIC PRESSURE,
CALIBRATION Of LOAD LIMITERS, ENgINE ROTATION, ASSEMBLY Of ADDITIONAL
ATTACHMENTS, ETC.). THE SAME HOLDS TRUE fOR THE DEACTIVATION OR MODIfICATION Of SAfETY SYSTEMS. IN SUCH CASES, THE MANUfACTURER SHALL BE
ABSOLVED fROM ALL LIABILITY.
THE IMAgES, DESCRIPTIONS, MEASUREMENTS STATED IN THIS CHAPTER REfER TO STANDARD VEHICLES.
YOUR VEHICLE CAN BE SET-UP WITH OPTIONAL CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES ON REQUEST.
ALL fUNCTIONS AND PROCEDURES CONCERNINg THE OPERATION AND
MOUNTINg Of THE VEHICLE’S ATTACHMENTS THAT ARE NOT DESCRIBED IN
THIS MANUAL ARE STRICTLY fORBIDDEN.
USE OF THE VEHICLE DIFFERENT TO THAT DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL IS
PROHIBITED.
IT IS MANDATORY TO HAVE READ AND LEARNED CHAPTER “B“ (SAfETY STANDARDS) BEfORE READINg CHAPTER “C” AND USINg THE VEHICLE.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
F/3
Mod. Agri Farmer
20
H
B
4
21
3
16
2
1
19
18
6
7
9
5
17
10
8
13
12 11
14
15
AGRI FARMER
IM03_IMachine plant
AGRI FARMER with ON_OFF
Walvoil-type
Hydraulic Diagrams and Circuits
F/4
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
F/5
HYDRAULIC PLANT KEY
23. Non-return valve
22. Accumulator
21. Speed change valve
20. Negative brake valve
19. Inching valve
18. Hydrostatic oil filter
17. Hydrostatic motor
16. Hydrostatic pump
15. Heat exchanger
14. Non-return valve
13. Boom head socket
12. Lock valve
11. Extension cylinder
10. Lock valve
9. Compensation cylinder
8. Swivel cylinder
7. Lock valve
6. Lifting piston
5. Boom distributor
4. Steering distributor
H - REAR STEERING
G - BRAKES PUMP
E - BACK AXLE
D - FRONT AXLE
C - FRONT BRAKE
B - FRONT STEERING
2. Priority valve
3. Power steering
A - NEGATIVE BRAKE
1. Pump
IM03_Agri Farmer vehicle plant with ON_OFF Walvoil-type
Mod. Agri Farmer
20
A
D
C
23
G
22
E
AGRI FARMER
Braking system
Hydraulic Diagrams and Circuits
F/6
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
F/7
HYDRAULIC PLANT KEY
23. Non-return valve
22. Accumulator
21. Speed change valve
20. Negative brake valve
19. Inching valve
18. Hydrostatic oil filter
17. Hydrostatic motor
16. Hydrostatic pump
15. Heat exchanger
14. Non-return valve
13. Boom head socket
12. Lock valve
11. Extension cylinder
10. Lock valve
9. Compensation cylinder
8. Swivel cylinder
7. Lock valve
6. Lifting piston
5. Boom distributor
4. Steering distributor
H - REAR STEERING
G - BRAKES PUMP
E - BACK AXLE
D - FRONT AXLE
C - FRONT BRAKE
B - FRONT STEERING
2. Priority valve
3. Power steering
A - NEGATIVE BRAKE
1. Pump
IM03_Agri Farmer vehicle plant with ON_OFF Walvoil-type
Mod. Agri Farmer
F/8
Hydraulic Diagrams and Circuits
- ATTENTION: - Read the SAFETY REGULATIONS (contained in this manual) carefully for the safety of all personnel and your vehicle.
TECHNICAL DATA AND
TECHNICAL FEATURES
G
G/1
Mod. Agri Farmer
Technical Data
Agri Farmer
DIMENSIONS
28.7
30.7
28.9
30.9
360/400*/440**
360/400*/440**
400/440*
360/400*/440**
400/440*
1195
1210
1210
1267
1267
2550
2800
2800
2800
2800
26.6
A/A*/A**
B
C
D
E/E*/E**
F
G
H/H*/H**
I
L
M
N
O
750
650
650
747
747
3790/3840*/3890**
3940/3990*/4040**
3990/4040*
4037/4087*/4137**
4087/4137*
4490
4670
4670
4720
4720
940
940
940
940
940
2200/2240*/2280**
2000/2040*/2080**
2220/2260*
2000/2040*/2080**
2220/2260*
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
4800
4900
4900
4900
4900
1530
1670
1670
1670
1670
3840
4000
4000
4000
4000
(*) - (**) = Measurements referring to optional wheels
Measurements expressed in millimetres
G
M
H/H*/H
H**
A/A*/A**
B
C
E/E*/E**
D
I
L
F
(*) - (**) = Measurements referring to optional wheels
G/2
N
O
PERFORMANCE
26.6
28.7
30.7
28.9
30.9
Maximum capacity (kg)
2.600
2.800
3.000
2.800
3.000
Maximum lifting height (m)
5,95
6,35
6,35
8,70
8,70
Maximum horizontal outreach (m)
3,35
3,65
3,65
5,70
5,70
Outreach at maximum height (m)
0,66
0,80
0,80
0,80
0,80
Fork swivelling angle
134°
130°
130°
130°
130°
Pull-out force (daN)
5.700
5.700
5.700
5.700
5.700
Towing force (daN)
7.300
7.300
7.300
7.300
7.300
Maximum climb angle
40%
40%
40%
40%
40%
Total weight empty (kg)
5.900
6.100
6.100
6.250
6.250
35
35
35
35
35
26.6
28.7
30.7
28.9
30.9
Lifting
7,6
9,5
9,5
10,3
10,3
Descent
3,9
4,9
4,9
5,3
5,3
Extension
6,2
7,2
7,2
9,5
9,5
Retraction
3,4
4,0
4,0
6,6
6,6
Forward swivelling
3,2
4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1
Reverse swivelling
2,0
2,6
2,6
2,6
2,6
Max speed (km/h)
BOOM
Times:
(in seconds)
Patented compensation system
ENGINE
OPTIONALS AND ACCESSORIES
A/C; Webasto Heater; Digital speedometer; Water Heater; Driver's seat with
pneumatic suspension; Light on boom head; Quick coupling for accessories;
Radio; Anti-theft system; Glass protection.
(For additional customizations, contact the area dealer)
Perkins
Model:
74.5 (101)
Maximum power kW (hp):
2200
Revolutions per minute (rpm):
4 stroke diesel
Operation:
Injection:
Direct mechanical
Number and arrangement of cylinders:
4, vertical in line
Engine size (cm3):
TRANSMISSION
Hydrostatic transmission with variable displacement pump.
Hydrostatic engine with automatic variation.
4400
Specific consumption at 2200 rpm (g/kWh):
251
Electrical - hydraulic inversion.
Inching pedal for controlled advancement.
Servocontrolled 2-speed gearbox.
Turbo compressor
Liquid cooling system
DEVICES AS PER STANDARD
HYDRAULIC PLANT
Gear pump with capacity at max. speed (lt/1’):
110
Max operational pressure (bar):
230
Distributor control with joystick:
3 in 1
DIFFERENTIAL AXLES
Anti-tipping device with pejorative movement block.
Hydraulic socket for any accessories on the boom head.
Soundproof closed cab, ROPS-FOPS approved, with heater.
Self-blocking front axle differential (limited slip 45%).
Self-cleaning filter with cyclone filters.
Electric window winder.
Steering axles: 2, with planetary reduction gears
TOWING CAPACITY (upon request)
Steering types: 4 wheels / transversal / 2 wheels
Trailer without brakes (ton):
Front axle: rigid
3
Mechanical braking (ton):
Hydraulic/pneumatic braking (ton):
Back axle: oscillating
Oil bath service braking on the front axle
5
17
Including 20” wheels
Negative action parking brake.
TYRES
REFUELLING (Litres)
Hydraulic plant (total)
130
Fuel tank
100
Tyres
26.6
28.7
28.9
30.7
30.9
12,5x18”
12,5x18”
405/70x20”
(*) Alternative
405/70x20”
405/70x20”
405/70x24”
(**) Alternative
405/70x24”
405/70x24”
G/3
Mod. Agri Farmer
Technical Data
7
MAX 2,8 ton
64°
6,35
6
5,95
60°
C
50°
5
B
3,35
MAX 3,0 ton
64°
2,0
2,8
1,5
1,0
0,7
3,65
m
3
4
2
0EN 1459EN 1459
1
MAX 2,8 ton
C
8,7
6
0
-1
m5
3
4
2
0
1
3,65
EN 1459
MAX 3,0 ton
F
E
D
C
B
2
2,
A
60°
7
50°
6
40°
5
3,0
30°
4
1,6
1
0,9
2,5
1,2
10°
0,7
0,35
2
0,5
20°
0
-1
6
5,7
5
4
3
2
1
0
EN 1459
Agri Farmer 30.9
8,7
70°
8
5
2,8
30°
4
20°
2,5
1
1,2
10°
1,6
2
0,7
3
0,35
2,0
3,0
1,5
10°
1,0
1
0,7
20°
2
Agri Farmer 30.7
40°
2,8
30°
3
50°
B
40°
F
E
D
C
B
2
,
2
A
60°
7
0,9
60°
50°
4
G/4
-1
8
A
m
10°
0
9
6,35
5
3
1
70°
6
9
20°
2
0,5
7
30°
3
0
-1
m
Agri Farmer 28.7
EN 1459
2,8
Agri Farmer 28.9
m
Agri Farmer 26.6
A
40°
4
6
5,7
5
4
3
2
1
0
EN 1459
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
2-SPEED BOOM (OPTIONAL)................................................................................................................................C/59
"A"
ACKNOWLEDGING SAFETY REGULATIONS.........................................................................................................B/2
AdJustable towing Hook (optional).........................................................................................................C/64
Air filter.............................................................................................................................................................D/30
Air recirculation inside tHe cab...............................................................................................................C/52
ANTI-TIPPING DEVICE CHECK.............................................................................................................................C/44
ANTI-TIPPING DEVICE..........................................................................................................................................C/40
anti-tipping errors........................................................................................................................................C/87
Anti-tipping system mute..............................................................................................................................C/84
ANTI-TIPPING SYSTEM TEST...............................................................................................................................C/84
"B"
BASKET EMERGENCY..........................................................................................................................................C/74
BATTERIES.............................................................................................................................................................B/22
BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH..............................................................................................................................D/14
BOOM CONTROL LEVER......................................................................................................................................C/33
BOOM HEAD LIGHT SWITCH (OPTIONAL)..........................................................................................................C/55
BOOM HEAD SOCKET (OPTIONAL).....................................................................................................................C/56
BOOM HEAD SOLENOID VALVE (OPTIONAL).....................................................................................................C/56
BOOM SUSPENSION (OPTIONAL).......................................................................................................................C/58
BUTTONS...............................................................................................................................................................C/82
"C"
CAB COMPONENTS................................................................................................................................................C/7
CAB INTERNAL VENTILATION..............................................................................................................................C/51
capacity of parts to lubricate - mod. AGRI FARMER 26.6...................................................................D/12
capacity of parts to lubricate - mod. AGRI FARMER 28.7...................................................................D/12
capacity of parts to lubricate - mod. AGRI FARMER 28.9...................................................................D/12
capacity of parts to lubricate - mod. AGRI FARMER 30.7...................................................................D/12
capacity of parts to lubricate - mod. AGRI FARMER 30.9...................................................................D/12
CATALYTIC PURIFIER (OPTIONAL)......................................................................................................................C/77
CENTRAL DASHBOARD - INDICATOR LIGHTS...................................................................................................C/18
CENTRAL DASHBOARD - INSTRUMENT USE.....................................................................................................C/19
CHanging display visualisation.................................................................................................................C/82
CHanging Hydraulic oil and replacing filters - mOD. AGRI FARMER 28.7-28.9-30.7-30.9............D/22
CHanging Hydraulic oil and replacing filters - MOD. AGRI FARMER 26.6.....................................D/23
CLEANING AND STORING DIESEL FUEL.............................................................................................................B/29
CLEANING THE CAB..............................................................................................................................................B/20
CLEANING THE VEHICLE......................................................................................................................................B/19
CLEANING THE WINDOWS...................................................................................................................................B/20
Clock regulation............................................................................................................................................C/82
CONTACT WITH DANGEROUS LIQUIDS..............................................................................................................B/27
COUPLING TORQUE TABLES REGARDING THE HYDRAULIC FITTINGS.........................................................D/54
COURTESY COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................C/11
CYLINDER BLOCK VALVES...................................................................................................................................D/34
"D"
DasHboard instrument initial cHeck.......................................................................................................C/83
DECLARATION OF FIRST INSPECTION BY MANUFACTURER............................................................................D/5
DIESEL....................................................................................................................................................................B/28
Disengaging tHe negative parking brake witH tHe engine stopped...........................................C/73
DOOR OPENING CONTROLS.................................................................................................................................C/8
DRIVER’S CAB.......................................................................................................................................................B/37
Mod. Agri Farmer
Alphabetical Index
DRIVER’S CAB.........................................................................................................................................................B/6
DRIVING AUTHORISATION.....................................................................................................................................B/7
DUAL REFLECTOR WORKING LIGHT..................................................................................................................D/51
Dump body descent (optional)...................................................................................................................C/60
"E"
ECOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS........................................................................................................................B/30
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROTECTION..................................................................................................................B/24
ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE................................................................................................................B/16
Emergency button..........................................................................................................................................C/24
EMERGENCY LIGHTS SELECTOR.......................................................................................................................C/50
ENGINE BONNET OPENING.................................................................................................................................D/15
Engine control unit.......................................................................................................................................D/49
Engine error.....................................................................................................................................................C/84
Epicycloidal reduction gear - Oil cHange............................................................................................D/40
EVALUATING SUBSOIL CONSISTENCY...............................................................................................................B/33
EXternal boom cHains...................................................................................................................................D/43
"F"
FAN SPEED VERIFICATION..................................................................................................................................B/32
FAST/SLOW GEAR SWITCH..................................................................................................................................C/29
FEATURES OF THE RECOMMENDED FUEL.......................................................................................................B/28
FILLING OUT THE SERVICE REGISTER..............................................................................................................D/58
FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................................B/21
FRONT CAB LIGHTS SWITCH (OPTIONAL).........................................................................................................C/54
Front Differential AXles - Oil cHange....................................................................................................D/36
FRONT LIGHT.........................................................................................................................................................D/50
FUEL TANK.............................................................................................................................................................D/25
fuses....................................................................................................................................................................D/48
"G"
GENERAL ALARM INDICATOR LIGHT..................................................................................................................C/84
GENERAL WARNINGS.............................................................................................................................................B/3
GENERAL WARNINGS.............................................................................................................................................C/4
GETTING IN AND OUT OF THE DRIVER’S CAB.....................................................................................................C/8
Getting to know tHe parts inside tHe cab............................................................................................C/17
Greasing nipples - One/two/tHree eXtension booms........................................................................D/46
Greasing nipples - Transmission sHaft / Differential AXle............................................................D/47
GUARANTEE............................................................................................................................................................A/4
"F"
HAND SIGNALS........................................................................................................................................................C/5
HANDLING THE LOAD...........................................................................................................................................B/12
HANDLING THE LOADS.........................................................................................................................................B/42
HodograpH (optional)...................................................................................................................................C/81
HYDRAULIC BRAKING SYSTEM FOR TRAILERS (ITALY TYPE) (OPTIONAL)...................................................C/67
Hydraulic braking system for trailers (OPTIONAL)..........................................................................C/68
HYDRAULIC GEAR SWITCH (OPTIONAL)............................................................................................................C/30
Hydraulic oil level.........................................................................................................................................D/21
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM OIL FILTER....................................................................................................................D/24
"I"
IDENTIFYING THE VEHICLE PARTS......................................................................................................................C/6
IDENTIFYING THE VEHICLE PARTS......................................................................................................................D/6
IGNITION SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................C/25
INSPECT THE VEHICLE..........................................................................................................................................B/4
Interior cab ligHting.....................................................................................................................................C/11
INTERNAL DOOR OPENING CONTROLS..............................................................................................................C/8
INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................................................A/3
INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................................................D/3
"J"
Joystick 3 in 1 for Basket.............................................................................................................................C/36
Joystick 3 in 1 ON/OFF (Standard version)..............................................................................................C/34
Joystick 3 in 1 Proportional EXtension (Standard version).........................................................C/35
Joystick 4 in 1 Proportional Control EXtension Proportional services..............................C/37
Joystick 4 in 1 Proportional Control EXtension Proportional services..............................C/38
"L"
LCD DISPLAY.........................................................................................................................................................C/81
LeftfrontdasHboard (standardand optionalelectricalswitcHes, indicator ligHtsand controllevers)...C/20
LIFTING THE VEHICLE..........................................................................................................................................B/15
LigHting................................................................................................................................................................D/50
LOAD TABLES........................................................................................................................................................B/38
Longitudinal moment indicator.................................................................................................................C/41
"M"
MAINTENANCE AND REGISTRATION SCHEDULE................................................................................................D/8
MAINTENANCE PRESCRIPTIONS..........................................................................................................................D/3
Manual accelerator......................................................................................................................................C/50
MAX 180W SOCKET...............................................................................................................................................C/10
MULTI-FUNCTION LEVER.....................................................................................................................................C/27
"O"
OBLIGATIONS AND FILING COMPLAINTS TO I.S.P.E.S.L...................................................................................D/58
OIL COMPARISON TABLE.....................................................................................................................................D/13
OPENING THE DOOR WINDOW.............................................................................................................................C/9
OPERATING IN SAFETY..........................................................................................................................................B/8
"P"
PARKING BRAKE...................................................................................................................................................C/31
PARKING BRAKE...................................................................................................................................................D/20
PARKING THE VEHICLE........................................................................................................................................B/13
PEDALS..................................................................................................................................................................C/26
PEDALS..................................................................................................................................................................D/18
PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND REGISTRATION METHODS...............................................................................D/58
PNEUMATIC braking system for trailers...............................................................................................C/69
Power take-off (optional)...........................................................................................................................C/65
PRELOAD AND TORQUE TABLE FOR CLASS 1 NUTS AND BOLTS..................................................................D/52
PRELOAD AND TORQUE TABLE FOR CLASS 2 NUTS AND BOLTS..................................................................D/53
PREPARING FOR EMERGENCIES.........................................................................................................................B/5
PREPARING THE VEHICLE AFTER PROLONGED INACTIVITY..........................................................................B/19
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING........................................................................................................................................B/4
Putting tHe gear sHift in neutral............................................................................................................C/72
"R"
REAR CAB LIGHTS SWITCH (OPTIONAL)...........................................................................................................C/54
Rear Differential AXles - Oil cHange......................................................................................................D/38
REAR EMERGENCY EXIT.....................................................................................................................................C/10
REAR HYDRAULIC SOCKETS (OPTIONAL).........................................................................................................C/57
REAR LIGHT...........................................................................................................................................................D/51
REAR WINDOW........................................................................................................................................................C/9
REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER CONTROL..............................................................................................................C/50
RECORDING ROUTINE VERIFICATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INTERVENTIONS...........................................D/61
Reduction gear - Oil cHange.......................................................................................................................D/36
Reversible fan (optional ONLY ON AGRI FARMER 26.6)..........................................................................C/61
REVOLVING LIGHT SWITCH.................................................................................................................................C/54
RigHt dasHboard (standardand optional electrical switcHes, indicator ligHtsand control levers).....C/21
ROAD TRAVEL (INSTRUCTIONS).........................................................................................................................B/14
ROAD TRAVEL........................................................................................................................................................B/14
Roof dasHboard (standard and optional electrical switcHes, indicator ligHts and control levers)..C/23
ROPS-FOPS CAB...................................................................................................................................................B/37
Mod. Agri Farmer
Alphabetical Index
"S"
SAFELY CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE WORK...............................................................................................B/16
SAFETY BELTS......................................................................................................................................................C/13
SAFETY DEVICES..................................................................................................................................................B/34
SAFETY STICKERS................................................................................................................................................B/20
SAFETY STICKERS................................................................................................................................................B/46
SEAT.......................................................................................................................................................................C/14
SERVICE.................................................................................................................................................................C/86
Speedometer (optional)...............................................................................................................................C/81
SPIRIT LEVEL AND INCLINOMETER....................................................................................................................C/32
Standard steering selector Alignment (standard).........................................................................C/48
STARTING THE VEHICLE........................................................................................................................................B/7
START-UP WITH AUXILIARY BATTERIES.............................................................................................................B/23
Steering selector (optional) Alignment (standard)........................................................................C/49
STEERING WHEEL (adJustment).....................................................................................................................C/12
STORAGE OF DANGEROUS LIQUIDS.................................................................................................................B/27
STORING THE VEHICLE / PROLONGED INACTIVITY.........................................................................................B/19
SwitcH-on of dasHboard indicator ligHts...........................................................................................C/85
"T"
TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION POCKET............................................................................................................C/11
telescopic boom sliding blocks...............................................................................................................D/42
TELESCOPIC LIFT IDENTIFICATION......................................................................................................................A/7
TEMPORARY HALT................................................................................................................................................B/13
THREE-POINT LIFTING DEVICE (OPTIONAL).....................................................................................................C/66
TIGHTENING WHEEL NUTS..................................................................................................................................B/25
Towing Hook......................................................................................................................................................C/63
Towing Hook......................................................................................................................................................C/64
TOWING THE VEHICLE.........................................................................................................................................C/71
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE...........................................................................................................................B/15
TROUBLESHOOTING............................................................................................................................................D/55
TYRES....................................................................................................................................................................B/25
"U"
UNDERSIDE PROTECTION REMOVAL.................................................................................................................D/17
Upper dasHboard (standardand optionalelectricalswitcHes, indicator ligHtsand controllevers).......C/22
UPPER ROOF...........................................................................................................................................................C/9
USING THE LOAD TABLES AND BOOM INDICATORS........................................................................................B/38
"V"
VEHICLE FUNCTIONS SELECTOR.......................................................................................................................C/46
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION......................................................................................................................................A/6
VIBRATIONS...........................................................................................................................................................B/16
"W"
WASTE DISPOSAL.................................................................................................................................................B/30
WATER DRIVEN PURIFIER (OPTIONAL)..............................................................................................................C/77
WATER HEATER (OPTIONAL)...............................................................................................................................C/62
WATER/OIL RADIATOR - MOD. AGRI FARMER 26.6............................................................................................D/28
WATER/OIL RADIATOR - MOD. AGRI FARMER 28.7-28.9-30.7-30.9...................................................................D/26
WORK LIGHT..........................................................................................................................................................D/51
AXH1117/IT
MANUALE DI USO E
MANUTENZIONE
Piattaforma Portapersone
Servizio Assistenza Tecnica - Via E. Majorana, 2-4 - 42027 Montecchio Emilia (RE) ITALY
Tel. +39 0522 869611 - Fax S.A.T. +39 0522 869744
www.dieci.com - E-mail: service@dieci.com
Via E. Majorana, 2-4
42027 Montecchio Emilia (RE) ITALY
Tel. +39 0522 869611 Fax +39 0522 869744
www.dieci.com - E-mail: mailbox@dieci.com
ATTENZIONE: UNA COPIA DEL PRESENTE MANUALE DEVE SEMPRE
RIMANERE SULLA MACCHINA A DISPOSIZIONE DELL'OPERATORE
Download PDF

advertising